Home
Lenovo TD100 User's Manual
Contents
1. Q Oo o 10 mM MI O H o FIM OI I O mH BE 9 Pre DD i TS EI 6 JE er or i gt m o E Z 4 j ai Za Ug On a a lt 5 AE m NG i o i i o Emm Microprocessor error LED 2 ServeRAID error LED BENN VRM error LED Battery LED BMC heartbeat LED ou ren Error LED 6 Microprocessor mismatch LED DIMM err or LEDs 1 through 12 Chapter 1 Introduction 13 System board switches The following illustration shows the switches on the
2. CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 42C1772 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models SAS Card all models 25R8071 8i SAS BATTERY all models 25R8118 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 PRO 1000GTSV all models 39Y6107 Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 SAS Backplane all models 39Y9757 MS SW Pack all models 43X1420 HDD INNER CAGE all models 44E4036 HDD OUTER CAGE all models 44E4038 power microfit CGRID 24 pins CGRID CABLE 24 all 44E4040 models power microfit CGRID 20 pins CGRID CABLE 20 all 44E4042 models Keyboard Preferred Pro with 2m cable Full Width 42C0060 Black USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 DIMM BLOCKER all models 41Y9081 60 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Power cords For your safety Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this Lenovo product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet Lenovo po
3. CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 fan harness all models 39Y8341 Cable power LED all models 41Y9082 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Cable SFF SAS CABLE all models 44E4044 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Redundant rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8401 Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable second serial port all models 42C1053 Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Dual USB all models 26K7340 Chassis all models 41Y9084 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Feet System all models 26K7345 Filler bezel all models 41Y9071 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 Feet system all models 13N2985 Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shield kit all models 41Y9070 Slide kit all models 40K6679 RSA Slimline bracket all models 41Y9086 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 Service Label all models 39Y8359 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 Wheel USB models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 41U3013 11H 11V 1
4. CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 41Y8905 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 43W5174 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 43W5175 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 43W5182 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 43W5183 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 43W5184 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 44R5644 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 44R5645 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 11U 11G 11A 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 44R5646 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 44R5647 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 44R5648 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5450 Quad Core 3 00 44E5117 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W models 20 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 models 41Y4223 21 Re
5. If you remove the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine retention tab earlier reinstall it and any other adapters you might have removed Position the rear adapter retention bracket so that the hole in one of the hinge points is aligned with the hinge pin on the chassis then place the hinge pin through the hole on the chassis Rotate the adapter guide into place so that the hole in the opposite hinge point snaps into place over the hinge pin on the chassis Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover if it was unlocked during removal Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 112 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the front adapter retention bracket To remove the front adapter retention bracket complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Open the front and rear adapter retention brackets Remove all adapters and place them on a static protective surface Note You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before removing the adapters Grasp one side of the bracket at a hinge point and pull outward w
6. 23 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Bracket all 41Y9086 models 24 DIMM duct all models 39Y8499 25 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 26 Filler panel power supply all models 24R2735 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models Chassis all models 41Y9084 Battery 3 0 volt all models 33F8354 Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 diskette drive Interposer all models 39R9343 fan harness all models 39Y8341 Dual USB all models 26K7340 58 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 8 Parts listing Types 4206 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number power supply interposer all models 39Y8356 Cable Redundant rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8401 Cable Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable second serial port all models 4201053 Cable SFF SAS all models 44E4044 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Cable
7. OS Watchdog response disabled by x Information only Chapter 5 Diagnostics 207 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action OS Watchdog response enabled by x PFA Alert see preceding error in system error log Information only Information only See the preceding entry in the system error log Possible ASM reset occurred reason unknown Information only Power off Information only Power on Information only PPP xxx PPP Cfg Local IP aaa aaa aaa aaa Remote IP bbb bbb bbb bbb NetMsk ccc ccc ccc cce Auth ddd Information only PPP_1 Client Connected at xxx bps PPP_1 User requested to abort PPP interface Information only Information only Received alert from system x type y sender s ID z Information only Remote access attempt failed Information only Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is x from WEB browser
8. f The mouse is compatible with the server See http www lenovo com suppor The mouse or pointing device cable is securely connected to the server e If you are using a PS 2 mouse or pointing device the keyboard and mouse or pointing device cables are not reversed The mouse or pointing device drivers are installed correctly e The server and the monitor are turned on The mouse option is enabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program 2 If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the mouse or pointing device from the hub and connect it directly to the server 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Mouse or pointing device b Trained service technician only System board 176 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom The amount of system memo
9. Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 77 Removing the side cover Attention Operating the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed might damage server components For proper cooling and airflow replace the side cover before turning on the server To remove the side cover complete the following steps Left side cover Lock Cover release latch jo rope 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 If you are replacing a non hot swap component turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock the side cover 4 Press the cover release latch down as indicated by the two arrows on the latch and tilt the top of the side cover away from the chassis 5 Lift the side cover off the server and set it aside 6 If you are instructed to return the side cover follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 78 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the side cover Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the side cover before turning on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed might damage server components To install the side cover complete the following steps Left side cov
10. Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action Serial tamper delay triggered Possible serial port break in attempt Information only System board is over recommended temperature 1 Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not obstructed 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System board is under recommended temperature 1 Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not obstructed 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System Complex Powered Down Information only System error log full Clear the current logs System is over recommended voltage for 3 3V System is over recommended voltage for 1 5V CPU 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system boar
11. on page 15 2 Reseat the monitor cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board 180 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Optional device problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom A Lenovo optional device that was just installed does not work Action ie Make sure that e The device is designed for the server see http www lenovo com supportp e You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables You updated the configuration information in the Configuration Setup Utility program Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration 2 Reseat the device that you just installed 3 Replace the device that you just installed A Lenov
12. 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 63 Table 10 Power cords Type 4206 continued Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14A 14T 12U 12F 12S 12D 12L 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models 14K 14R 39M5199 Japan models 14E 14J 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay models 14L 14Y 12L 12Y 39M5226 India models 14Q 39M5179 Europe models 14G 11G 13G 39M5233 Brazil models 64 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintena
13. Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 13A 13G 11G 12G 14G 14A 39M5158 Liechtenstein Switzerland models 13G 11G 12G 14G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya models 14Y 39M5172 Israel models 13G 11G 12G 14G 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 67 Table 12 Power cords Type 6399 continued Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru P
14. e When this switch is on 2 this keeps the CMOS data This is normal mode e When this switch is toggled to On this clears the CMOS data which clears the power on password and administrator password 14 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions This chapter provides information about updating the firmware and using the configuration utilities Updating the firmware The firmware in the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the Lenovo Support Web site Use the ThinkServer EasyUpdate program to download and install firmware updates The following items are downloadable from the Web at http www lenovo com support e BIOS code e Diagnostics programs e BMC firmware e Ethernet firmware e ServeRAID firmware e SAS SATA firmware Major components contain VPD code You can select to update the VPD code during the BIOS code update procedure Configuring the server The ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD provides software setup tools and installation tools that are specifically designed for the server The EasyStartup program simplifies the process of installing the operating system and device drivers See Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup program on page 22 for more information In addition to the EasyStartup program you can use the following configuration programs to customize the server hardware e Configu
15. spring upward can damage the microprocessor and surrounding components a Lift the heat sink locking lever moving it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open up position Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 137 Important Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and heat sink If the microprocessor and heat sink will be reused do not contaminate the thermal material between them b Tip the top of the heat sink toward the front of the server while you slide it away from the lower flange of the retention module then remove it from the server After removal place the heat sink on its side on a clean flat surface Heat sink locking lever 2 Microprocessor Heat sink 10 Release the microprocessor release lever H by pressing down on the end moving it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open up position 11 Open the microprocessor bracket frame by lifting up the tab on the top edge 12 Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket and place it on a static protective surface 13 If you are instructed to return the microprocessor and heat sink follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 138 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Important Some models support dual core processors and quad core processors Do not mix dual core and q
16. that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action Alert not accepted from system x type y Information only sender s ID z ASM Reset reason unknown Information only ASM Reset due to x Instruction Fault y Information only ASM Reset due Watchdog timeout Information only ASM Reset was caused by restoring default Information only values ASM Reset was initiated by the user Information only Cable Service processor not present 1 Check the pins and connectors on the cable that connects the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine or other service processor adapter to the Remote Supervisor Adapter SlimLine connector on the system board see System board option connectors on page 12 for the location of the connector 2 Reseat the cable both ends from the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine or other service processor adapter to the Remote Supervisor Adapter SlimLine connector on the system board Configuration error recovery on the Inter connect Information only network CPU x over temperature 1 Make sure that the heat sink has good airflow and is not obstructed 2 Reseat the following components a Heat sink cable b Trained service technician only Heat sink DASD controller removal 1 Make sure that the onboard SAS SATA controller cable is not damaged 2 Reseat the onboard SAS SATA controller cable 3 Replace the onboard SAS SATA
17. 204 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual System error log messages A system error log is generated only if a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed The system error log can contain messages of three types Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system level events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error Error messages might require action they indicate system errors such as when a fan is not detected Each message contains date and time information and it indicates the source of the message POST BIOS or the service processor Note The BMC log which you can view through the Configuration Setup Utility program also contains many information warning and error messages In the following example the system error log message indicates that the server was turned on at the recorded time DMI Type Source SERVPROC Error Code Error Data Error Data Date Time 2002 05 07 15 52 03 Error Code System Complex Powered Up The following table describes the possible system error log messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e
18. 215 xxx 000 Failed CD or DVD test 1 Run the test again with a different CD or DVD 2 Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a CD or DVD drive b Trained service technician only System board 217 xxx 000 Failed fixed disk test Note If RAID is configured the fixed disk number refers to the RAID logical array Reseat hard disk drive 1 2 Replace hard disk drive 1 217 xxx 001 Failed fixed disk test 1 Reseat hard disk drive 2 Note If RAID is configured the fixed disk number refers to the RAID logical array ed Ne 217 xxx 002 Failed fixed disk test 1 Reseat hard disk drive 3 Note If RAID is configured the fixed disk number refers to the RAID logical array Replace Mardi diskdrive 217 xxx 003 Failed fixed disk test 1 Reseat hard disk drive 4 Note If RAID is configured the fixed disk number refers to the RAID logical array 2 Replace hardidisk drive 4 200 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action
19. 390mm SAS Signal all models 42C2378 Cable Power LED all models 41Y9082 DD S 5 tape drive all models 40K2553 Slide Kit all models 40K6679 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Feet System all models 26K7345 Filler bezel assembly all models 41Y9071 Feet system all models 13N2985 Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server Ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server Ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shield kit all models 41Y9070 Service Label all models 39Y8359 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 Remote Supervisor Adapter RSAII Slimline all models 4471412 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 RSA Slimline Bracket all models 41Y9086 PCle 8s SAS controller MARAUDER CARD all models 39R8785 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 3 5 5 25 inch bracket converter kit all models 32P4743 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 SIDE TOP COVER all models 39Y8360 Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 59 Table 8 Parts listing Types 4206 continued
20. Do not place the device on the server cover or ona metal surface Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather Heating reduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity Returning a device or component If you are instructed to return a device or component follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 75 Removing and replacing Self service CRUs Replacement of Self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the bezel To remove the bezel complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vill and 2 Unlock the side cover 3 Position your finger on the depressed area on the left side of the bezel and rotate the bezel away from the server After rotating the bezel beyond 90 pull the bezel off the server and set it aside 76 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Replacing the bezel To replace the bezel complete the following steps 1 Insert the tabs on the bezel into the slots on the server chassis 2 Rotate the bezel toward the server until it snaps in place
21. For the European Union Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006 66 EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive 224 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont tiquet s conform ment aux directives europ ennes 2006 66 EC norme relative aux batteries et accumulateurs en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs us s Les directives d terminent la marche suivre en vigueue dans l Union Europ enne pour le retour et le recyclage des batteries et accumulateurs us s Cette tiquette est appliqu e sur diverses batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas tre mise au rebut mais plut t r cup r e en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme In accordance with the European Directive 2006 66 EC batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery Pb fo
22. all models 39Y8362 17 Diagnostic panel kit contains all models 41Y9079 e Blank label e Diagnostics label Guide rail assembly e Power button e RAID enable cable 18 Blank filler all models 39M6800 19 Heatsink all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 41Y4275 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 41Y4276 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 39 Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model continued Index Description CRU part number Self service CRU part number Optional service FRU part number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 41Y4279 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 41Y4280 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 41Y8905 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 1
23. all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 41Y4275 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 11G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 41Y4276 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 41Y4279 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 33 Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 41Y4280 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 41Y8905 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 43W5174 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 12G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 43W5175 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 43W5182 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 43W5183 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache mo
24. other mouse selectable functions are available through function keys You can use the regular keyboard test to test a USB keyboard and you can use the regular mouse test to test a USB mouse You can run the USB interface test only if no USB devices are attached The USB test will not run if a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed To view server configuration information Such as system configuration memory contents interrupt request IRQ use direct memory access DMA use device drivers and so on select Hardware Info from the top of the screen Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error User Aborted You stopped the test before it was completed Not Applicable You attempted to test a device that is not present in the server Aborted The test could not proceed because of the server configuration Warning The test could not be run There was no failure of the hardware that was being tested but there might be a hardware failure elsewhere or another problem prevented the test from running for example there might be a configuration problem or the hardware might be missing or is not being recognized The result is followed by an error code or other additional information about the error Viewing the test log T
25. see Removing the side cover on page 78 Remove the hot swap power supplies see Removing a hot swap power supply on page 94 Note It might be helpful to lay the server on its side for the remainder of this procedure Statement 11 gt CAUTION The following label indicates sharp edges corners or joints nearby Statement 17 gt CAUTION The following label indicates moving parts nearby gt Lift up the power supply cage handle J and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 125 6 While supporting the power supply cage H remove the three screws from the pivot bracket that secure the power supply cage to the chassis then lift the cage off the chassis 7 If you are instructed to return the power supply cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 126 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the hot swap power supply cage assembly To install the hot swap power supply cage assembly complete the following steps 1 Align the screw holes on the power supply cage pivot bracket with the corresponding screw holes on the rear of the chassis Support the cage while you install the three screws H to secure the pivot bracket on
26. then branch 1 will support online sparing and branch 0 will not Branch 0 and branch 1 operate independently e The following notes apply when the server operates in non mirroring mode normal mode DIMMs must be installed in matched pairs If you install a second pair of DIMMs in DIMM connector 7 and DIMM connector 10 they do not have to be the same size speed type and technology as the DIMMs in DIMM connector 1 and DIMM connector 4 However the size speed type and technology of the DIMMs that you install in DIMM connector 7 and DIMM connector 10 must match each other The following table shows the DIMM upgrade configuration sequence for operating in non mirroring mode normal mode Table 16 DIMM upgrade configuration sequence in non mirroring mode normal Number of DIMMs DIMM connectors 2 1 4 4 1 4 7 10 6 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 10 ThinkServer TD100x Machine Types 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 12 ThinkServer TD100x Machine Types 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 Note For ThinkServer TD100 models Machine Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 DIMM connectors 3 6 9 and 12 are not functional Do not install DIMMs in these connectors e The amount of usable memory will be reduced depending on the system configuration A certain amount of memory must be reserved for system res
27. 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 30 Half High Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Side top cover all models 39Y8360 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models Battery all models 25R8118 Cover Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 Blower DIMM blocker all models 41Y9081 Cable SFF SAS CABLE all models 44E4044 diskette drive interposer all models 39R9343 Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 fan harness all models 39Y8341 Cable power LED all models 41Y9082 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Redundant rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8401 Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable second serial port all models 42C1053 Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Dual USB all models 26K7340 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Chassis all models 41Y9084 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Feet System all models 26K7345 Filler bezel all models 41Y9071 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 Feet system all models 13N2985 48 ThinkServer TD100 and TD10
28. 5 M memory installing 98 specifications 3 memory installation sequence mirrored mode 99 memory module installing 101 order of installation 100 101 specifications 3 supported 98 memory modules removing 97 memory problems 177 messages diagnostic 189 microprocessor installing 139 problems 178 removing 137 specifications 3 minimum configuration 215 mirrored mode memory installation sequence 99 modes Ethernet 23 monitor problems 178 mouse connector 8 mouse problems 176 N no beep symptoms 152 notes 2 notes important 222 notices and statements 2 Index 231 O online publications 2 option connectors 12 optional device problems 181 options memory modules 98 order of installation memory modules 100 101 P parallel connector 8 parts listing 25 26 pointing device problems 176 ports Ethernet 9 parallel 8 serial 1 8 serial 2 9 USB front 6 USB rear 9 video 9 POST 147 beep codes 148 error codes 155 error log 153 power control button 5 power cords 61 power problems 182 213 power supply hot swap installing 96 removing 94 non hot swap installing 135 specifications 3 power supply cage installing 127 removing 125 power supply cage assembly non hot swap removing 132 power switch 5 power cord connector 8 power on LED 5 power on self test POST 147 problem isolation tables 172 problems CD ROM DVD ROM drive 172 diskette drive 173 Ethernet controller 214 hard disk drive 174 intermittent 17
29. 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 Server controls LEDs and connectors Front view Rear view Internal connectors LEDs and switches System board internal connectors System board external connectors System board option connectors System board LEDs System board switches Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions Updating the firmware Configuring the server Using the Configuration Setup Utility program Using the RAID configuration programs Using RAID Manager Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup program i Using the Boot Menu program Enabling the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility p program Configuring the Ethernet controller Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 _ 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 Replaceable server components Power cords Chapter 4 Removing and eg server components Installation guidelines goi oae ok So eos G System reliability guidelines i Working inside the server with the power on Handling static sensitive devices Returning a device or component Removing and replacing Self service CRUs Removing the bezel Replacing the bezel Removing the side cover Installing the side cover Turning the stabilizing feet Removing an adapter Installing an adapter Removing and installing internal drives Removing a hot swap power supply Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 Installing a hot swap power supply Removing a memory module Installing a
30. Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 39M5130 Denmark models 11G 11A Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 61 Table 9 Power cords Type 4203 continued Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5144 39M5151 Used in these countries and regions Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri
31. CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 11G 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 11G 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 46J9646 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 1 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SA
32. Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 19990301 Hard disk drive boot sector error 1 Reseat the following components depending on the server model Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate 2 Replace the following components one at a time depending on the server model in the order shown restarting the server each time Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 168 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are liste
33. Manual System board external connectors The following illustration shows the external input output I O connectors on the system board Mouse g USB 2 A Keyboard RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 1000 Serial 1 COM 1 8 RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 for Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine g Parallel g NMI button 5 Video Serial 2 COM 2 Chapter 1 Introduction 11 System board option connectors The following illustration shows the system board connectors for user installable options DIMM 6 PCI 32 bit 33 MHz A Microprocessor 1 8 PCI X 64 bit 133 MHz Microprocessor 2 g PCI Express x8 x8 4 VRM PCI Express x8 x4 5 Battery Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine g ServeRAID adapter DIMM 6 12 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual System board LEDs The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board
34. Primary interrupt mask register test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 2 1 4 Secondary interrupt mask register test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 2 4 1 Video failed system believed to be operable Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3 1 1 Timer interrupt test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 3 1 2 Timer 2 test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 149 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Beep code Description Action 3 1 4 Time of day clock failed 3 3 2 Critical SMBUS error occurred Reseat the battery Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trai
35. RAM from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry 2 Update the BMC firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 197 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 166 400 100 DMC Self Test Result failed tests xxx where 1 xxx flash ROM or RAM Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry rmware on page 15 Update the BIOS code BMC service processor and diagnostics firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 180 197 000 SCSI ASPI driver not installed 1 Remove the RAID adapter if one is installed and run the test again Reseat the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane cables Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a SAS SATA hard disk driv
36. Restart the server Viewing the configuration You can use ServeRAID Manager to view information about RAID controllers and the RAID subsystem such as arrays logical drives hot spare drives and physical drives When you click an object in the ServeRAID Manager tree information about that object appears in the right pane To display a list of available actions for an object click the object and click Actions Using the ThinkServer EasyStartup program The ThinkServer EasyStartup program simplifies the process of installing the operating system and device drivers by performing the following tasks e Detects installed hardware devices e Guides you through the process of creating a response file e Prepares the hard disk for installation e Prompts you to insert the operating system installation disc e Initiates an unattended installation of the operating system and device drivers for most adapters and devices The program is contained on the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD provided with your server If you did not receive a ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD with your server you can download an ISO image of the DVD from Lenovo Support Web site ret an The program has a built in help system and User Guide to answer any questions you might have The program also provides compatibility notes to help you determine what server configurations and operating systems are supported by that specific version of the program The ThinkServer EasyStartup program al
37. SATA models be sure to follow the instructions in this section for cabling 1 Open the retaining clips on each end of the ServeRAID 8k adapter connector 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the ServeRAID 8k adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the ServeRAID 8k adapter and battery pack from the package 3 Connect the battery pack cable to the ServeRAID 8k adapter 4 Turn the ServeRAID 8k adapter so that the ServeRAID 8k adapter keys align correctly with the connector A Attention Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the system board or the ServeRAID 8k adapter Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 117 5 Press the ServeRAID 8k adapter firmly into the connector 6 Mount the battery pack to the chassis using the two mounting screws Battery cable 4 Battery mounting clips 2 Battery 5 Battery cable connector Battery mounting tabs g RAID controller 7 Slide the battery pack mounting tabs into the battery pack mounting clips on the chassis wall 8 Plug the battery pack cable into the connector on the adapter ServeRAID 8 adapter 9 If you are installing the ServeRAID 8k adapter into a simple swap SATA model make the following cabling changes to enable RAID level 5 support a Disconnect the signal cable from the Simple swap SATA backplate connector on the system board and connector it to the Hot swap SAS SATA 1 connector on the system board Sacl
38. ServeRAID starting 18 Configuration Setup Utility program 16 configuring the server 15 connector Ethernet 9 keyboard 8 mouse 8 parallel 8 power cord 8 serial 1 8 serial2 9 video 9 connectors USB front 6 rear 9 control panel assembly installing 124 removing 122 controller SAS SATA configuring 18 using 17 Serial ATA configuring 19 controls LEDs and connectors front 4 rear 7 cooling 3 cover side installing 79 removing 78 creating a Serial ATA RAID array 19 CRUs replacing ServeRAID 8k adapter 116 custom configuration 21 customer replaceable units CRUs 26 D danger statements 2 dc good LED 188 deassertion event BMC log 153 diagnostic error codes 191 LEDs error 186 programs overview 189 test log viewing 190 text message format 190 tools overview 147 DIMMs removing 97 diskette drive installing 87 problems 173 removing 86 specifications 3 229 display problems 178 drive bays internal 84 drives bay 1 2 or3 installing 87 removing 86 bay 4 5 6 or 7 hot swap installing 90 hot swap removing 89 simple swap installing 93 simple swap removing 92 dual inline memory module DIMM connectors 101 installing 101 retaining clips 101 DVD drive activity LED 6 eject button 6 installing 87 problems 172 removing 86 E EasyStartup using 22 eject button CD 6 DVD 6 electrical input 3 enabling Serial ATA RAID feature 19 environment 3 error codes and messages diagnostic 191 POST BIOS
39. TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 65 Table 11 Power cords Type 6398 continued Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 14U 14A 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models 39M5199 Japan models 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay models 39M5226 India models 39M5179 Europe models 11G 14G 12G 13G 39M5233 Brazil models 66 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 12 Power cords Type 6399 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan models 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 13M 14M 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Demo
40. Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action System over recommended voltage for 12v 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System over recommended voltage on 2 5v 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System over recommended voltage on 1 Reseat the following components continuous 5v ee a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shut off due to system board under 1 Make sure that the fans have good airflow and are not temperature obstructed 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 12v over voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due t
41. Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor 198 Processor speed mismatch 1 Make sure that all microprocessors have the same speed see Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 4 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor 289 A DIMM has been disabled by the user or 4 If the DIMM was disabled by the user run the by the system Configuration Setup Utility program and enable the DIMM 2 Make sure that the DIMM is installed correctl se nstaling a memory module on page 96 3 Reseat the DIMM 4 Replace the DIMM 301 Keyboard or keyboard controller error 1 If you have installed a USB keyboard run the Configuration Setup Utility program and enable keyboardless operation to prevent the POST error message 301 from being displayed during startup 2 Reseat the keyboard cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board 303 Keyboard controller failure 1 Reseat the keyboard 2 Replace the keyboard 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 158 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual replaceable units FRU trained service technician Error cod
42. U S A Attention Lenovo Director of Licensing LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication Lenovo may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to persons The information contained in this document does not affect or change Lenovo product specifications or warranties Nothing in this document shall operate as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights of Lenovo or third parties All information contained in this document was obtained in specific environments and is presented as an illustration The result obtained in other operating environments may vary Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any wa
43. applies only to server models that have a simple swap backplate installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage To install the simple swap backplate complete the following steps 1 10 Ti Insert the bottom tabs of the simple swap backplate with the slots on the lower lip of the drive cage Rotate the simple swap backplate toward the drive cage until it locks in place in the retaining tab of the spring release latch on the drive cage Connect the combination signal power cable the backplate see System board internal connectors on page 10 for the location of the connectors Install the simple swap hard disk drives that were removed from the hard disk drive cage see Installing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 93 Reinstall the front fan cage assembly see Installing the front system fan cage assembly on page 109 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 96 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover if it was unlocked during removal Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 130 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maint
44. are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom A problem occurs only occasionally and is difficult to diagnose Action 1 Make sure that e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and attached devices e When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fan is not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down 2 Check the system error log or BMC log see Error logs on page 153 3 See Solving undetermined problems on page 215 Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by
45. assembly that is to be removed toward each other then pull the assembly out of the bay 7 If you are instructed to return the drive assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 92 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a simple swap hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before removing or installing a simple swap hard disk drive To install a simple swap hard disk drive complete the following steps 1 9 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock the side cover Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay Pull the loops of the drive assembly toward each other then carefully slide the drive assembly into the drive bay until it stops and release the loops Note Do not release the loops on the drive assembly until it is completely seated Closed the bezel Lock the side
46. at IPO yyy yyy Yyy Yyy Information only Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is x from CMD mode client at IP yyy yyy yyy yyy Information only Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is x from TELNET client at IP yyy yyy yyy yyy Information only Remote Login Successful Login ID Information only Remote Login Successful Login ID x from CMD mode client at IP yyy yyy yyy yyy Retried alert accepted from system x type y sender s ID z Information only Information only Retry count exceeded Incorrect password entered too many times for userid w x y Z Information only RS485 broadcast from x ignored more than y devices present on the RS485 network Information only RS485 connection to system x has ended Information only RS485 network overload has cleared x or fewer devices are present on the RS485 network Information only RSA x Became the ISMP Gateway Running the backup ASM main application Information only Information only Secondary Device Event 00 x UNKNOWN y Sending alert to remote system x type y ID z Information only Information only 208 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3
47. at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 5 Trained service technician only If there are multiple error codes or LEDs that indicate a microprocessor error reverse the locations of the microprocessors or with a microprocessor socket Monitor or video problems Some Lenovo monitors have their own self tests If you suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor If you cannot diagnose the problem call for service Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action Testing the monitor 1 Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected 2 Try using a different monitor on the server or try using the monitor that is being tested on a different server 3 Run the diagnostic programs If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be
48. continued Index Description CRU part number Self service CRU part number Optional service FRU part number 22 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz models 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19K 19J 17U 17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17R 17E 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15H 15K 15R 15E 15J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz models 18U 18S 18L 18D 18Y 18G 18M 18A 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 16U 16F 16K 16J 16S 16L 16D 16Y 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16H 16R 16E 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 46U1017 46U1018 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz models 46U1019 23 DIMM duct all models 39Y8499 24 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 25 Filler panel power supply all models 24R2735 26 Power supply 670 W models 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 24R2694 27 Power supply 835 W models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15H 15K 15R 15E 15J 16U 16F 16K 16J 16S 16L 16D 16Y 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16H 16R 16E 17U
49. cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 93 Removing a hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to server models that have hot swap power supplies See Removing a non hot swap power supply cage assembly TD100 some models on page 132 for information about the removal of a non hot swap power supply When you remove or install a hot swap power supply observe the following precautions Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 11 A CAUTION The following label indicates sharp edges corners or joints nearby 94 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 17 A CAUTION The following label indicates moving parts nearby To remove a hot swap power supply complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Installation guidelines on page 73 Disconnect the power cord from the power supply that is to be removed If you are replacing a power supply J press dow
50. hold the blue release buttons on the side of the bay to release the drive then pull the drive out of the front of the server 8 Remove the blue optical drive rails H from the side of the drive Save the optical rails to use when you install the replacement drive i 9 If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 86 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a CD or DVD drive To install a CD or DVD drive complete the following steps 1 If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive make sure that You have all the cables and other equipment that is specified in the documentation that comes with the new drive You check the instructions that come with the new drive to determine whether you must set any switches or jumpers in the drive You have removed the blue optical drive rails from the side of the old drive and have them available for installation on the new drive Note If you are installing a drive that contains a laser observe the following safety precaution Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD drives DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the d
51. in the connector Reconnect any cables that you disconnected during the removal of the old microprocessor Reinstall microprocessor air baffle Rotate the rear system fan air baffle back into the server Rotate the power supply cage back into the server If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies back into the power supply cage Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Thermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps T 2 3 4 5 Place the heat sink on a clean work surface Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed 0 01 mL of thermal grease Microprocessor Use the thermal grease syringe to place 16 uniformly spaced dots of 0 01 mL eac
52. is off it does not mean that there is no electrical power in the server The LED might be burned out To remove all electrical power from the server you must disconnect the power cords from the electrical outlets Power control button Press this button to turn the server on and off manually Hard disk drive activity LED When this LED is flashing it indicates that a hard disk drive is in use System error LED When this amber LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred Chapter 1 Introduction 5 An LED on the system board might also be lit to help isolate the error See Chapter 5 Diagnostics on page 147 for additional information USB connectors Connect USB devices to these connectors CD or DVD eject button Press this button to release a CD from the CD drive or a DVD from the DVD drive CD or DVD drive activity LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the CD drive or DVD drive is in use Ethernet transmit receive activity LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector on the rear of the server When this LED is lit it indicates that there is activity between the server and the network Ethernet link status LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector on the rear of the server When this LED is lit it indicates that there is an active connection on the Ethernet port Hot swap hard disk drive activity LED some models On some server models each hot swap drive has a hard disk drive activity LED When th
53. manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Appendix Notices 225 Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures United Kingdom telecommunications safety requireme
54. microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Beep code Description Action 1 1 3 CMOS write read test failed 1 Reseat the battery 2 Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 1 1 4 BIOS ROM checksum failed 1 Recover the BIOS code 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 2 1 Programmable interval timer failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 2 2 DMA initialization failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1 2 3 DMA page register write read failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 148 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which th
55. must use the IBM ServeRAID Support CD that comes with the ServeRAID option e If you install a different type of RAID controller in the server use the method that is described in the instructions that come with the controller to view or change settings for attached devices Configuring hot swap SAS hot swap SATA or simple swap SATA some models RAID Note RAID options are not supported on the SCO 6 0 and UnixWare 7 14 operating systems Use the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program to configure and manage hot swap SAS or hot swap SATA redundant array of independent disks RAID on the following server models e Hot swap SAS e Hot swap SATA Simple swap models with the optional ServeRAID 8k Controller installed This utility is part of the BIOS code The IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program adds RAID functionality to the onboard SAS SATA controller The onboard SAS SATA controller comes enabled by default Using the RAID Configuration Utility program Use the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility to perform the following tasks e Configure a redundant array of independent disks RAID array e View or change the RAID configuration and associated devices RAID Configuration Utility menu choices The following choices are on the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility menu Array Configuration Utility Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions 17 Select this choice to create manage or delete arrays add o
56. on the system board e One power supply e Power cord e Power backplane e ServeRAID SAS adapter e System board 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the following components in the following order a Memory module b Microprocessor c Power backplane d System board If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one suspect the system board If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server Chapter 5 Diagnostics 215 Calling Lenovo for service See Getting help and technical assistance on page 217 for information about calling Lenovo for service When you call for service have as much of the following information available as possible Machine type and model Microprocessor and hard disk drive upgrades Failure symptoms Does the server fail the diagnostic programs If so what are the error codes What occurs When Where Is the failure repeatable Has the current server configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before it failed ls this the original reported failure or has this failure been reported before Diagnostic program type and version level Hardware configuration print screen of the
57. only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 5962 IDE CD or DVD drive configuration error 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program and load the default settings see Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 2 Reseat the following components CD or DVD drive cable CD or DVD drive 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one ata time in the order shown restarting the server each time 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 8603 Pointing device error 1 Reseat the pointing device 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Pointing device b Trained service technician only System board 00012000 Processor machine check error 1 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board 0001295 ECC circuit check 1 Reseat DIMMs 2 Replace the DIMMs one at a time restarting the server each time 00019501 Processor 1 is not functioning check VRM 4 Trained service technician only Reseat and processor LEDs microprocessor 1 If two microprocessors are installed remove microprocessor 1 and replace it with microprocesso
58. or by Lenovo or non warranted Lenovo parts e Identification of software problem sources e Configuration of BIOS as part of an installation or upgrade e Changes modifications or upgrades to device drivers e Installation and maintenance of network operating systems NOS Installation and maintenance of application programs Refer to the safety and warranty information that is provided with your computer for a complete explanation of warranty terms You must retain your proof of purchase to obtain warranty service For a list of service and support phone numbers for your country or region go to http www lenovo com support and click Support phone list or refer to the safety and warranty information provided with your computer Note Phone numbers are subject to change without notice If the number for your country or region is not provided contact your Lenovo reseller or Lenovo marketing representative If possible be at your computer when you call Have the following information available e Machine type and model e Serial numbers of our hardware products e Description of the problem e Exact working of any error messages e Hardware and software configuration information Using other services If you travel with a Lenovo notebook computer or relocate your computer to a country where your desktop notebook or server machine type is sold your computer might be eligible for International Warranty Service which automatical
59. plug adapter See adapter hot swap and hot plug devices adapters 116 hot swap drive specifications 3 hot swap drives SAS backplane LEDs 6 hot swap drives SAS or SATA installing 90 removing 89 hot swap fan installing 105 hot swap power supply removing 95 important notices 2 installation order memory modules 100 101 installing adapter 82 battery 114 CD drive 87 control panel assembly 124 DIMM air duct 121 diskette drive 87 drives bay 1 2 or3 87 DVD drive 87 fan rear 105 fan sink 139 front USB connector assembly 111 hot plug adapter 116 hot swap drives 90 hot swap fan 105 hot swap SAS or SATA drives 90 internal drives 84 memory modules 98 microprocessor 139 power supply hot swap 96 non hot swap 135 power supply cage 127 SAS backplane 132 side cover 79 simple swap backplate 130 simple swap drives 93 simple swap SATA drives 93 system board 145 tape drive 87 the heatsink 140 the VARM 141 installing memory sequence for mirrored mode 99 integrated Serial ATA controller configuring 19 intermittent problems 175 internal connectors 10 internal drives installing 84 internal drives continued removing 84 K keyboard connector 8 keyboard problems 175 L LEDs CD drive activity 6 DVD drive activity 6 Ethernet link status 6 9 Ethernet transmit receive activity 6 9 hard disk drive activity 5 hot swap hard disk drive activity 6 hot swap hard disk drive status 6 power on 5 system board 13 system error
60. power LEDs AC DC are lit correctly The server power on LED on the front information panel is flashing after AC power cord is connected and that it stays on after the power button is pressed e The server contains the correct type of DIMMs e The DIMMs are correctly seated e A POST beep code did not sound indicating a memory initialization error e The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem e The microprocessor is correctly installed Reseat the following components a DIMMs b Power supply cables to all internal components c Power supplies hot swap models Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Power supplies hot swap models c Trained service technician only Power supply non hot swap models If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports See Solving undetermined problems on page 215 The server does not turn off 1 Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following steps Press Ctrl Alt Delete Turn off the server by holding the power control button for 5 seconds Restart the server an sp If the server fails POST and the power control button doe
61. side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the rear adapter retention bracket To remove the rear adapter retention bracket complete the following steps iL Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Remove all adapters and place the adapters on static protective surface Note You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before removing the adapters Release the rear adapter retention bracket by pressing up on the rear adapter retainer bracket and rotate the bracket partially toward the closed position Grasp the bracket on one side at the hinge point and pull outward while rotating the bracket slightly toward the front of the server until the bracket is free of the hinge pin H then push the bracket in the opposite direction to release the other side of the bracket and remove adapter guide from the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 111 6 If necessary remove the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine retention tab and store it for future use Installing the rear adapter retention bracket To install the rear adapter retention bracket complete the following steps
62. step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 217 198 xxx Could not establish drive parameters 1 Reseat the following components depending on the server model e Hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c SAS SATA controller cable d SAS SATA controller e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable Replace the following components one at a time depending on the server model in the order shown restarting the server each time e Hot swap models a Hard disk drive b SAS SATA controller cable c SAS SATA backplane d SAS SATA controller e Simple swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable Trained service technician only Replace the system board 301 xxx 000 Failed keyboard test Note After installing a USB keyboard you might have to use the Configuration Setup Utility program to enable keyboardless operation and prevent the POST error message 301 from being displayed during startup Reseat the keyboard cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board 302 XXX XXX Failed mouse test Reseat the mouse cable Replace the following components one at a time in the ord
63. supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Press in on the fan cage assembly release buttons on both sides of the chassis to release the front system fan cage assembly from the connector on the chassis Fan cage assembly release buttons Fan cage assembly Pull the fan cage assembly up and out of the chassis If you are instructed to return the fan cage assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 108 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the front system fan cage assembly Attention e Replace a failed fan within 48 hours e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To install the front system fan cage assembly complete the following steps 1 Align the front system fan cage assembly over the fan cage assembly slot and with the connect
64. supply docking cable assembly Removing the microprocessor and heat sink Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Removing the system board Installing the system board Easy LED Diagnostics panel TD100x only Chapter 5 Diagnostics Diagnostic tools POST oa POST beep codes No beep symptoms Error logs Viewing error logs from the Configuration Setup Utility program Viewing the BMC log from the diagnostic programs POST error codes pa g let 41k Checkout procedure About the checkout procedure IV ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 125 125 127 128 130 131 132 132 135 135 136 137 139 143 145 146 147 147 147 148 152 153 154 154 155 170 170 Performing the checkout procedure Checkpoint codes trained service technicians only Troubleshooting tables CD or DVD drive problems Diskette drive problems General problems Hard disk drive problems Intermittent problems Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Memory problems ee aJi Microprocessor problems Monitor or video problems Optional device problems Power problems Serial port problems ServerGuide problems Software problems Universal Serial Bus USB port problems ErrorLEDs 2 2 Power supply LEDs Diagnostic programs messages and error codes Running the diagnostic programs Diagnostic text messa
65. system board 20886875 Oo FA Oo ED 0 H _ J a oO SI MK of O Oo a S a A m E o a q E g 8 fo 5 i EN Oo o Sw3 H Swa Boot block Clear CMOS The following table describes the function of each switch on the system board Table 2 System board switches Switch number Description 1 Boot block e When this switch is on 1 this is normal mode e When this switch is toggled to On this enables the system to recover if the BIOS code becomes damaged See Recovering from a BIOS update failure on page 203 for more information 2 Clear CMOS
66. technician only Power backplane b Trained service technician only System board 166 201 002 ISMP indicates I2C errors on bus I Trained service technician only Replace the system board 166 201 003 ISMP indicates I2C errors on bus C Trained service technician only Replace the system board 166 201 004 ISMP indicates I2C errors on bus M 1 Reseat the DIMM 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board 166 201 005 ISMP indicates 12C errors on bus S 1 Reseat the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane cables 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane b System board 196 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 166 201 006 _ ISMP indicates 12C err
67. the power supply cage to the chassis 2 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 127 3 Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position 4 Reinstall the hot swap power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 96 5 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover 7 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server D Removing the simple swap backplate TD100 some models This procedure applies only to server models that have a simple swap backplate installed on the back of the hard disk drive cage To remove the simple swap backplate complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page Fs 4 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply
68. the top of the front USB housing then tilt the top of the housing away from the chassis and lift the housing out of the opening in the chassis 7 Squeeze the spring clips on the sides of the front USB connector assembly and pull the assembly out of the back of the housing 8 Carefully pull the front USB cable out of the opening in the chassis 9 If you are instructed to return the front USB connector assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 110 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the front USB connector assembly To install the front USB connector assembly complete the following steps 1 ONO Carefully feed the front USB cable through the opening in the front of the chassis Squeeze the spring clips on the sides of the front USB connector assembly and insert the assembly into the housing through the back of the housing Place the bottom edge of the housing into the bottom of the opening in the chassis then tilt the top of the housing into position until it clicks into place Spring clips Reroute and connect the front USB cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 10 for the location of the front USB connector Replace the bezel see Replacing the bezel on page 77 Install the side cover see Installing the
69. vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page rl Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Remove the microprocessor air baffle by grasping the two tabs and squeezing them together slightly and lift the baffle out of the server Rotate the rear system fan air baffle up out of the way by grasping the tab and pulling the baffle all the way up then slide it outward over the rear of the server until it locks in place Disconnect any cables that impede access to the heat sink and microprocessor Remove the heat sink from the microprocessor Attention The microprocessor release lever is spring loaded when the microprocessor is in place Releasing the lever too quickly or allowing it to
70. 00 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and provides full duplex FDX capability which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controller detects the data transfer rate 10BASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operates at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controller However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controller Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions 23 24 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 The following replaceable components are available for the ThinkServer TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 servers To check for an updated parts listing on the Web complete the following steps 1 Go to http www lenovo com Support 2 Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers from the Select your product list Select Servers from the Brand list PO From Family list select ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x and click Continue Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 25 Replaceable server components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service
71. 0x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 SAS Card all models 25R8071 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shiled kit all models 41Y9070 Slide kit all models 40K6679 RSA Slimline bracket all models 41Y9086 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 Service Label all models 39Y8359 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 RSA Slimline Bracket all models 41Y9086 PCle 8s SAS controller MARAUDER CARD all models 39R8785 PRO 1000 GTSV all models 39Y6107 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 DD S 5 tape drive all models 40K2553 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 4201772 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 MS SW Pack all models 43X1420 HDD Inner Cage all models 44E4036 HDD Outer Cage all models 44E4038 power microfit CGRID 24 pins CGRID C
72. 155 SCSI SAS 213 system error 205 error logs BMC system event 153 POST 153 system event error 153 error symptoms CD ROM drive 172 DVD ROM drive 172 general 174 hard disk drive 174 intermittent 175 keyboard 175 memory 177 microprocessor 178 monitor 178 mouse 176 optional devices 181 pointing device 176 power 182 serial port 183 ServerGuide 184 software 184 USB port 185 video 178 errors beep codes 148 format diagnostic code 190 messages diagnostic 189 Ethernet activity LED 6 9 controller configuring 23 high performance modes 23 link status LED 6 9 modes 23 Ethernet connector 9 Ethernet controller troubleshooting 214 expansion slots 3 express configuration 21 external connectors 11 F fan rear installing 105 removing 104 fan sink installing 139 removing 137 features 3 field replaceable units FRUs 26 firmware updating 15 Fixed Disk Test 189 front USB connector assembly installing 111 removing 110 G getting help 217 grease thermal 141 guidelines installation 73 system reliability 74 H hard disk drive activity LED 5 diagnostic tests types of 189 problems 174 hard disk drives hot swap SAS or SATA installing 90 hot swap SAS or SATA removing 89 simple swap SATA installing 93 simple swap SATA removing 92 heat output 3 heatsink installing 140 removing 137 help getting 217 HostRAID feature enabling 19 using 19 230 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual hot
73. 17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17R 17E 18U 18S 18L 18D 18Y 18G 18M 18A 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19K 19J 24R2720 28 Control panel assembly with bracket and cables all models 41Y9083 29 USB mounting bracket for rack all models 41Y9068 30 48X HLDS CDROM black models 39M3511 30 30 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 39M3515 39M3569 30 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 128 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 39M3517 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 47 Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 30 Half High Combo drive models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 43W4575 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V
74. 1F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 30 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 39M3517 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 30 Half High Combo drive models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 43W4575 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 30 Half High Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Side top cover all models 39Y8360 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models Battery all models 25R8118 Cover Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 Blower DIMM blocker all models 41Y9081 diskette drive interposer all models 39R9343 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 41 Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model continued
75. 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only Lenovo Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble To install the battery complete the following steps Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery Insert the new battery a Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite the battery clip b Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover if it was unlocked during removal Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Start the Configuration Setup Utility program and reset the configuration e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server See Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 for details Removing the RAID 8k I adapter To remove the ServeRAID 8k I adap
76. 20 HDD Inner Cage all models 44E4036 30 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number HDD Outer Cage all models 44E4038 power microfit CGRID 24 pins all models 44E4040 power microfit CGRID 20 pins all models 44E4042 RSA SlimLine all models 44T1412 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 Service Label all models 39Y8356 Planar Tray all models 41Y9077 Keyboard Preferred Pro w 2m cable Full Width Black 42C0060 USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 31 Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 11G 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 12G 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 S
77. 2M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 Remote Supervisor Adapter RSAII Slimline all models 4471412 RSA Slimline Bracket all models 41Y9086 SAS Card all models 25R8071 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 42 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number PCle 8s SAS controller MARAUDER CARD all models 39R8785 3 5 5 25 inch bracket converter kit all models 32P4743 PRO 1000 GTSV all models 39Y6107 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 DD S 5 tape drive all models 40K2553 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 4201772 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 MS SW Pack all models 43X1420 HDD INNER CAGE all models 44E4036 HDD OUTER CAGE all models 44E4038 CGRID CABLE 24 all models 44E4040 CGRID CABLE 20 all models 44E4042 RSA SlimLine all models 4471412 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 PSU INTERPOSER all models 39Y8356 Pla
78. 3G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 43W5174 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 43W5175 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 43W5182 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 43W5183 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 43W5184 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 44R5644 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15 J 44R5645 20 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 44R5646 44R5647 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 44R5648 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5450 Quad Core 3 00 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W Processor models 44E5117 20 21 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 all models Retention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 41Y4223 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill F
79. 3G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 71 Table 14 Power cords Type 6429 continued Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5095 39M5081 Used in these countries and regions 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12A 12T 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15A 15T 15H 16U 17U 18U 16F 16S 17S 18S 16L 17L 18L 16D 17D 18D 16A 17A 18A 19A 16T 17T 18T 19T 16H 17H 18H 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models 12K 13K 15K 15R 16K 19K 16R 17R 18R 19R 39M5199 Japan models 12J 13J 15E 15J 16E 17E 18E 19E 16J 19J 39M5068 Argenti
80. 5 34 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 26 Power supply 670 W models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 24R2694 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 11G 12G 27 Power supply 835 W models 24R2720 28 Control panel assembly with bracket and cables all 41Y9083 models 29 USB mounting bracket for rack all models 41Y9068 30 48X HLDS CDROM black models 39M3511 30 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models 39M3515 30 HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 39M3569 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 11G 12G 30 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 39M3517 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 11G 12G 30 Half High Combo drive models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 43W4575 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 11G 12G 30 Half High Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Side top cover all models 39Y8360 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter N
81. 5 keyboard 175 memory 177 microprocessor 178 monitor 178 mouse 176 problems continued optional devices 181 pointing device 176 POST BIOS 155 power 182 213 serial port 183 ServerGuide 184 software 184 undetermined 215 USB port 185 video 178 R RAID unsupported 20 RAID array Serial ATA creating 19 RAID configuration programs 16 recovering BIOS update failure 203 redundant array of independent disks RAID Adaptec HostRAID 16 Serial ATA HostRAID 18 ServeRAID Manager 20 removing adapter 81 battery 114 CD drive 86 control panel assembly 122 DIMMs 97 diskette drive 86 drives bay 1 2 0r3 86 DVD drive 86 fan rear 104 fan sink 137 front USB connector assembly 110 hot swap drives 89 hot swap SAS or SATA drives 89 internal drives 84 memory modules 97 microprocessor 137 power supply hot swap 94 power supply cage 125 power supply cage assembly non hot swap 132 SAS SATA backplane 131 side cover 78 simple swap backplate 128 simple swap drives 92 simple swap SATA drives 92 system board 143 tape drive 86 the microprocessor air baffle 137 replacement parts 26 retaining clips dual inline memory module DIMM 101 232 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual S SAS backplane installing 132 LEDs hot swap drive activity 6 hot swap drive status 6 SAS or SATA hot swap drives installing 90 removing 89 SAS SATA backplane removing 131 SAS SATA Configuration Utility 17 SAS SATA controller con
82. 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J 41Y4275 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 41Y4276 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 45 Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 11G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 41Y4279 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 41Y4280 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 41Y8905 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 43W5174 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 139 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 43W5175 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 43W5182 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocess
83. 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 14U 14G 14A 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 41Y4279 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 41Y4280 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 41Y8905 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 11G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 43W5174 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 43W5175 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 43W5182 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 43W5183 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 43W5184 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 44R5644 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 44R5645 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 12G 13G 14G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 44R5646 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 44R5647 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 44R5648 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon
84. 5J9644 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 38 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 4 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 5 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 5 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2304 6 EMC Plates all models 41Y9125 7 EMC shields all models 39Y8355 5 25 inch EMC flange tower top 5 25 inch EMC flange tower bottom 8 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 8 SAS hard disk drive backplane all models 39Y9757 9 Back plate with cable assembly all models 41Y9078 10 Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9067 11 Fan 120 X 38mm all models 41Y9028 12 Microprocessor duct all models 39Y8501 13 System board with tray models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 44R5619 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14d 14 Adaptec 8K adapter with Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid 25R8076 Card all models 16 Side cover assembly with latch and bezel lock
85. 6 226 226 Contents 227 V vi Taiwanese Class A warning statement Chinese Class A warning statement Korean Class A warning statement Index ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 228 228 228 229 Safety Before installing this product read the Safety Information g Badal bel J Gag giil Ibe GS 5 Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es de Seguran a ERAT KZT wi Safety Information ZERA RRAERL WAM RARA o Prije instalacije ovog produkta obavezno pro itajte Sigurnosne Upute P ed instalac tohoto produktu si p e t te p ru ku bezpe nostn ch instrukc L s sikkerhedsforskrifterne f r du installerer dette produkt Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften Ennen kuin asennat t m n tuotteen lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information Avant d installer ce produit lisez les consignes de s curit Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen NMpw eykataot oete tOo mpoidv aut a ote Tic M NPOGOPIEG AGP NELUG safety information DIVIN MANN NX Wp AT I8 PANNU 1197 A term k telep t se el tt olvassa el a Biztons gi el r sokat Prima di installare questo prodotto leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza RMmOREBOM KERRE HMA lt ESL HSS MAO AO Ca SAPS ACSA Ipex a ce uHCTAJIUPA OBO HPOHYKT HpoYMTAjTE uApopMarujata 3a OC30CIHOCT Les sikkerhet
86. 8076 Card all models 16 Easy LED Diagnostics panel assembly all models 41Y9079 17 SIDE COVER ASM all models 39Y8362 18 Blank Filler all models 39M6800 19 Heat sink all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 41Y4275 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 41Y4276 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 41Y4279 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 41Y4280 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5050 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 667 41Y8905 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache with EM64T models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5310 Quad Core 1 6 43W5174 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 11G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5320 Quad Core 1 86 43W5175 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5335 Quad Core 2 0 43W5182 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 43W5183 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 43W5184 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 44R5644 GHz 1333 MH
87. ABLE 24 all 44E4040 models power microfit CGRID 20 pins CGRID CABLE 20 all 44E4042 models RSA SlimLine all models 4471412 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 PSU INTERPOSER all models 39Y8356 Planar Tray all models 41Y9077 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 49 Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number Keyboard Preferred Pro with 2m cable Full Width 42C0060 Black USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 50 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 7 Parts listing Types 4203 CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 1 Power supply 670W models 24R2694 1 Power supply 835W models 11U 11G 11A 24R2720 2 Operator information panel assembly with bracket and 41Y9083 cables all models 3 5 25 inch EMC flange all models 39Y8355 4 USB mounting bracket all models 41Y9068 5 48X HL
88. ATA II models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 11G 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 12G 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 46J9646 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 1 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9654 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9658 models 1 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS 3 5 HS HDD all 46U2108 models Filler Bezel all models 41Y9071 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 11G 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 12G 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 11G 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 12G 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 32 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardw
89. All cables and jumpers are installed correctly e The signal cable and connector are not damaged and the connector pins are not bent e The correct device driver is installed for the CD or DVD drive 2 Run the CD or DVD drive diagnostic programs 3 Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a CD or DVD drive cable b CD or DVD drive c Trained service technician only System board ACD or DVD is not working correctly Clean the CD or DVD Run the CD or DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a CD or DVD drive cable b CD or DVD drive RONG 172 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The CD or DVD drive tray is not working Make sure that the server is turn
90. BDIMM 667MHz models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 46U1017 22 Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 46U1018 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz models 46U1019 23 DIMM duct all models 39Y8499 40 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 24 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 25 Filler panel power supply all models 24R2735 26 Power supply 670 W models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 24R2694 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 27 Power supply 835 W models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 24R2720 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 28 Control panel assembly with bracket and cables all 41Y9083 models 29 USB mounting bracket for rack all models 41Y9068 30 48X HLDS CDROM black models 39M3511 30 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models 39M3515 30 HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 15U 15F 15S 15L 39M3569 15D 15Y 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15K 15R 15E 15J 11U 1
91. Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 55 Table 8 Parts listing Types 4206 CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 1 Power supply 670W models 24R2694 1 Power supply 835W models 14U 14F 145 14L 14D 14Y 24R2720 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 2 Operator information panel assembly with bracket and 41Y9083 cables all models 3 5 25 inch EMC flange all models 39Y8355 4 USB mounting bracket all models 41Y9068 5 48X HLDS CDROM black models 39M3511 5 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models 39M3515 5 HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 14U 14F 14S 14L 39M3569 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 5 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 39M3517 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 5 Half High Combo drive models 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 43W4575 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 5 Half High Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 6 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch
92. DS CDROM black models 39M3511 5 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models 39M3515 5 HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 39M3569 5 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 39M3517 5 Half High Combo drive models 43W4575 5 Half High Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 6 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 51 Table 7 Parts listing Types 4203 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 6 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 6 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 6 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9654 models 6 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9658 models 6 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 6 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II mo
93. F gt TT he Grit ASAT HE gt AE OLE gt EP GERE KR YL FAH RK Chinese Class A warning statement B I A RP sh HERR SE AT ESM TRA IM ERFART REAR FR TITE E Korean Class A warning statement o AAE APSLE AANAYSES SF 72y A 4 ES ASAE NYE S454 7 Heya ver az Ba FT FUIRRE DFE 743827 B amp A aud 228 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Index A ac good LED 188 acoustical noise emissions 3 Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility 19 adapter hot plug devices 116 installing 82 hot plug 116 removing 81 ServeRAID 116 specifications 3 Array Configuration Utility 19 arrays using ServeRAID Manager 20 assertion event BMC log 153 assistance getting 217 attention notices 2 battery installing 114 removing 114 safety 114 battery replacing 114 beep codes POST 148 BIOS update failure 203 BMC error log assertion event deassertion event 153 viewing from diagnostic programs 154 boot agent Broadcom NetXtreme gigabit ethernet 23 Broadcom NetXtreme gigabit ethernet boot agent 23 C caution statements 2 CD drive activity LED 6 eject button 6 installing 87 problems 172 removing 86 specifications 3 checkout procedure 170 171 configuration Configuration Setup Utility 16 custom 21 express 21 fine tuning 22 integrated SATA controller 19 minimum 215 SAS SATA controller 17 ServeRAID controller 21 summary window 21 Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 configuration utility IBM
94. Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 6 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 6 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 11G 13G 6 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9654 models 6 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9658 models 11G 13G 6 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 6 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS 3 5 HS all models 46U2108 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 56 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 8 Parts listing Types 4206 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 7 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2304 8 EMC Plates all models 41Y9125 9 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 10 Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9067 11 Fan 120 X 38mm all models 41Y9028 12 Microprocessor duct all models 39Y8501 13 System board models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 44R5619 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 13 Tray system board all models 41Y9077 14 Adaptec 8K adapter with Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid 25R
95. ID Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt Press lt CTRL gt lt lt A gt for Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility appears press Ctrl A 3 To select a choice from the menu use the arrow keys to highlight it and press Enter Creating a RAID array To use the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program to configure a RAID level 1 array complete the following steps 1 Start the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program 2 Select Array Configuration Utility 3 Select Create Array Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions 19 4 From the list of ready drives select the two drives that you want to group into the array When you are prompted to select the RAID level select RAID 0 or RAID 1 Optional Type an identifier for the array When you are prompted for the array build method select Quick Init Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the configuration and select Done to exit 9 Restart the server ONO Viewing the array configuration To view information about the RAID array complete the following steps 1 Start the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program Start the Array Configuration Utility From the Array Configuration Utility window select Manage Arrays Select an array and press Enter Press Esc to exit from the program oR ON For additional information about using the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility progr
96. Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 11G 11A Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 11G 11A 39M5158 Liechtenstein Switzerland models 11G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya models 39M5172 Israel models 11G 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Pan
97. Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 11G 13G 39M5130 Denmark models 11G 13G 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 15M 15A 11G 13G 12M 14M 12A 14A 39M5151 39M5158 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 11G 13G Liechtenstein Switzerland models 11G 13G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya mod
98. Maintenance Manual Solving SCSI problems Note This information also applies to Serial Attached SCSI SAS problems For any SCSI error message one or more of the following devices might be causing the problem e A failing SCSI device adapter drive or controller An incorrect SCSI termination jumper setting e A missing or incorrectly installed SCSI terminator e A defective SCSI terminator An incorrectly installed cable e A defective cable For any SCSI error message follow these suggested actions in the order in which they are listed until the problem is solved 1 Make sure that external SCSI devices are turned on before you turn on the server 2 Make sure that the cables for all external SCSI devices are connected correctly 3 If an external SCSI device is attached make sure that the external SCSI termination is set to automatic 4 Make sure that the last device in each SCSI chain is terminated correctly 5 Make sure that the SCSI devices are configured correctly Solving power problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure 1 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords 2 Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for sh
99. Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 46J9646 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 1 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9654 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9658 models 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13B 13H 13V 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 1 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS 3 5 HS all models 46U2108 2 Filler Bezel all models 41Y9071 3 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 4
100. Release lever Handle 12 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 144 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing the system board To install the system board complete the following steps 1 10 11 Grasp the system board by the handles and insert the system board into the chassis at a slanted angle and slide it toward the rear of the server until it fully locks into place on the chassis Install any of the following components that were removed from the system board e Battery see Installing the battery on page 114 e DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 98 Note Replace the DIMM thermal baffles also if you removed them e Microprocessor and heat sink see Installing a microprocessor and heat fink on page 199 ink on page 139 Adapters see Installing an adapter on page 82 Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during removal Reinstall the front fan cage assembly see Installing the front system fan cage assembly on page 109 Rotate the rear system fan air baffle back into the server Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position If you have a hot swap model rei
101. Reseat each adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 161 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 1804 No more memory below 1 MB for a PCI 1 Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all PCI X or PCI Express adapter other adapters in the Configuration Setup Utility program are correct 2 If the error code indicates a particular PCI PCI X or PCI Express slot or device remove that device 3 Reseat each adapter 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board 1805 PCI option ROM checksum error 1 Remove the failing adapter 2 Reseat each adapter 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a A
102. S 45J9654 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9658 models 1 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS 3 5 HS all models 46U2108 2 Filler Bezel all models 41Y9071 3 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 11G 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 26 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 11G 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 5 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 5 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2304 6 EMC Plates all models 41Y9125 7 EMC shie
103. SAS 45J9658 models 11G 1 Hard disk drive 300GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9660 models 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS 3 5 HS HDD all 46U2108 models Filler Bezel all models 41Y9071 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 4 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 4 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9646 SATA II models 44 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model continued Index Description CRU part number Self service CRU part number Optional service FRU part number Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap models 45J9648 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap SATA II models 46U1024 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models EMC Plates all model
104. See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action A system NMI was detected Make sure that the system software is operating correctly and does not conflict with other software the system software has created a software NMI or pressing the NMI button has created a service NMI Alert accepted by remote system x type y ID z Information only Alert accepted from system x type y sender s ID z Information only Alert ID x will be retried by sender when accepted by a remote system it will have a different ID Information only Alert not accepted by remote system x type y ID z Information only Chapter 5 Diagnostics 205 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only
105. Select SATA Controller Mode Option Change the value to Enhanced Scroll down and select SATA RAID Enable Select Enabled Press Esc then select Yes to save the changes NDAY Using the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program Note Adaptec RAID also known as HostRAID is not supported on the SCO 6 0 and UnixWare 7 14 operating systems Use the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks e Configure a redundant array of independent disks RAID array e View or change the RAID configuration and associated devices For additional information about using the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program see the documentation on the IBM ServeRAID 8e Adaptec HostRAID Support CD that comes with the server Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility menu choices The following choices are on the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility menu e Array Configuration Utility Select this choice to create manage or delete arrays add or delete a hot spare drive or initialize drives e SerialSelect Utility Select this choice to configure the controller interface definitions or to configure the physical transfer and SATA address of the selected drive e Disk Utilities Select this choice to format a disk or verify the disk media Select a device from the list and read the instructions on the screen carefully before making a selection Starting the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program To start the Adaptec RA
106. Syston se ors on page 10 for the location of these connectors on the system board 118 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Remove the dust shield if one is present from the Hot swap SAS SATA 1 signal connector H on the system board before installing the signal cable Carefully grasp the dust shield and pull it out of the signal connector b Connect the RAID level 5 enabler plug that came with the system to the SAS SATA backplane 1 connector on the system board The following illustration shows how the simple swap SATA model is cabled when it is shipped SB SB SD SS mann SAS SATA backplane 2 Simple swap SATA backplate Ne Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 119 elei DIMM air duct The following illustration shows how the cables must be connected when you install the ServeRAID 8k Controller into the simple swap SATA model A BBB SAS SATA backplane 1 RAID level 5 enabler plug SAS SATA backplane 2 Hot swap SAS SATA 1 To remove the DIMM air duct complete the following st
107. TION The following label indicates sharp edges corners or joints nearby Niz Ai Statement 17 A CAUTION The following label indicates moving parts nearby Safety XV XV ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 1 Introduction This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in the Lenovo ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Machine Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 server It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Related documentation Installation Guide This document is in Portable Document Format PDF is available on the ThinkServe
108. The server contains simple swap SATA hard disk drives not connected to the integrated SATA controller To determine what_action you should take as a result of a diagnostic text message or error code see Diagnostic error codes on page 191 If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operations a software error might be the cause If you suspect a software problem see the information that comes with your software aaron A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If there are multiple error codes or LEDs that indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 178 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try running the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped Chapter 5 Diagnostics 189 The keyboard and mouse pointing device tests assume that a keyboard and mouse are attached to the server If no mouse or a USB mouse is attached to the server you cannot use the Next Cat and Prev Cat buttons to select categories All
109. ThinkServer TD 100 and TD100x Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual ThinkServer TD 100 and TD100x Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 lenovo Hardware Maintenance Manual Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information in Notices on page 221 and the Warranty and Support Information document on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD Third Edition June 2009 O Copyright Lenovo 2008 Portions O Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008 LENOVO products data computer software and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C F R 2 101 with limited and restricted rights to use reproduction and disclosure LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE If products data computer software or services are delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract use reproduction or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No GS 35F 05925 Contents Safety Guidelines for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Safety statements Chapter 1 Introduction Related documentation Notices and statements in this document ThinkServer TD 100 features and specifications Machine Types 6 6398 6399 6419
110. USB v2 0 ports two on front and two on rear Keyboard port e Mouse port e ATA 100 single channel IDE controller bus mastering ATI E51000 video controller Compatible with SVGA and VGA 16 MB SDRAM video memory Diagnostic LEDs e Fans e Memory e Power supply Acoustical noise emissions Sound power idling 5 6 bel Sound power operating 6 0 bel Environment Air temperature Server on 10 to 35 C 50 to 95 F Altitude 0 to 914 m 2998 0 ft Server off 40 to 60 C 40 to 140 F Altitude 0 to 2133 m 7000 0 ft e Humidity operating and storage 8 to 80 Heat output Approximate heat output in British thermal units Btu per hour e Minimum configuration 693 Btu per hour 203 watts e Maximum configuration 1631 Btu per hour 478 watts Electrical input Sine wave input 50 or 60 Hz required Input voltage and frequency ranges automatically selected Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kilovolt amperes KVA approximately Minimum 0 21 kVA all models Maximum 0 49 kVA Notes 1 Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features installed and the power management optional features in use 2 These levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to the procedures spe
111. X5450 Quad Core 3 00 44E5117 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W Processor models 20 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 all models 41Y4223 21 Retention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1017 FBDIMM 667MHz models 14U 14G 14A 12G 13G 22 Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1018 FBDIMM 667MHz models 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1019 FBDIMM 667MHz models 23 DIMM air duct all models 39Y8499 24 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 28 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 25 Filler panel power supply all models 24R2735 26 Power supply 670 W models 11G 14U 14G 14A 24R2694 27 Power supply 835 W models 12G 13G 24R2720 28 Control panel assembly with bracket and cables all 41Y9083 models 29 USB mounting bracket all models 41Y9068 30 48X HLDS CDROM black models 39M3511 30 16 48XHLDS DVD ROM models 39M3515 30 HLDS 16 48X H H DVD ROM models 11G 14U 14G 14A 39M3569 12G 13G 30 16 48X BLACK DVD ROM models 11G 14U 14G 14A 39M3517 12G 13G 30 Half High Combo drive models 11G 14U 14G 14A 12G 43W4575 13G 30 Half H
112. a trained service technician Symptom Action All or some keys on the keyboard do not work 1 If you are using a USB keyboard run the Configuration Setup Utility program and enable keyboardless operation to prevent the 301 POST error message from being displayed during startup 2 See http www lenovo com support 3 Make sure that e The keyboard cable is securely connected e If you are using a PS 2 keyboard the keyboard and mouse cables are not reversed e The server and the monitor are turned on 4 If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server 5 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 175 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The mouse or pointing device 1 Make sure that does not work
113. a video device driver 4 Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present 5 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present b Trained service technician only System board 178 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The screen is blank 1 Make sure that e The server is turned on If there is no power to the server see Power e The monitor cables are connected correctly e The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted correctly No beep codes sound when the server is turned on Important In some memory configurations the 3 3 3 beep code might sound during POST followed by a blank monitor screen If this occurs and the Boot Fail Count option in the Start Options of the Configuration Setup Utility program is e
114. ables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn everything OFF 1 Turn everything OFF 2 First attach all cables to devices 2 First remove power cords from outlet 3 Attach signal cables to connectors 3 Remove signal cables from connectors 4 Attach power cords to outlet 4 Remove all cables from devices 5 Turn device ON Safety xi xii Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only the battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD drives DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation
115. adapter see the User Guide See System board option connectors on page 12 for the locations of the expansion slots on the system board Note When you start the server for the first time after installing a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine the startup process will take several minutes longer than a typical startup To install a replacement adapter complete the following steps 1 Check the instructions that come with the adapter for any requirements restrictions or cabling instructions It might be easier to route cables before you install the adapter 2 Follow the instructions that come with the adapter to set jumpers or switches if any 3 Open the rear adapter retention bracket retention clip and rotate the retention brackets to the open unlocked position If you are installing a full length adapter Open the front retention bracket retention clip and rotate the front adapter retention bracket to the open position 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the adapter from the static protective package Avoid touching the components and gold edge connectors on the adapter 5 If you are installing a full length adapter remove the adapter guide if any from the end of the adapter 6 Carefully grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corner and move the adapter directly from the static protective package to the adapter slot A
116. aded or extended hardware repair services and custom installations Service availability and service name might vary by country or region For more information about these services go to the Lenovo Web site at http www lenovo com Lenovo Taiwan product service A Lenovo m R HB RA MT fe ed Fe MENE AN EE nt RA FAEN BIT fae ERRARE j rI ARISES 0800 000 700 Getting help and technical assistance 219 220 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Appendix Notices Lenovo may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in all countries Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to a Lenovo product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any other product program or service Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to Lenovo United States Inc 1009 Think Place Building One Morrisville NC 27560
117. agnostics 171 Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms for information about testing the server If you cannot find the problem in these tables see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working complete the following steps before using the troubleshooting tables 1 Check the LEDs on the control panel or the system board see Error LEDs on page 186 2 Remove the software or device that you just added 3 Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly 4 Reinstall the new software or new device CD or DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The CD or DVD drive is not 1 Make sure that recognized e The IDE channel to which the CD or DVD drive is attached primary or secondary is enabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program
118. am to create configure and manage arrays see the documentation on the IBM ServeRAID 8e Adaptec HostRAID Support CD Using RAID Manager Important RAID options and HostRAID are not supported on the SCO 6 0 and UnixWare 7 14 operating systems Use ServeRAID Manager which is on the IBM ServeRAID Manager Application CD to perform the following tasks e Configure a redundant array of independent disks RAID array e Restore a SAS or SATA hard disk drive to the factory default settings erasing all data from the disk e View the RAID configuration and associated devices e Monitor the operation of the RAID controllers To perform some tasks you can run ServeRAID Manager as an installed program However to configure the integrated RAID controller or the installed ServeRAID controller and perform an initial RAID configuration on the server you must run ServeRAID Manager in Startable CD mode as described in the instructions in this section If you install a different type of RAID adapter in the server use the method that is described in the instructions that come with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices See the ServeRAID documentation on the IBM ServeRAID Support CD for additional information about RAID technology and instructions for using ServeRAID Manager to configure the RAID controller Additional information about ServeRAID Manager is also available from the Help menu For information about a specific objec
119. ama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 11U 11A 39M5219 39M5199 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models Japan models 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay models 39M5226 India models 39M5179 Europe models 11G 39M5233 Brazil models 62 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 10 Power cords Type 4206 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan models 12V 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 14M 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Marti
120. apped which means that if the server and operating system support hot swap capability you can remove or install the component while the server is running Orange can also indicate touch points on hot swap components See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot swap component for any additional procedures that you might have to perform before you remove or install the component Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 73 When you are finished working on the server reinstall all safety shields guards labels and ground wires For a list of options for the server see http www lenovo com accessories System reliability guidelines To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability make sure that Each of the drive bays has a drive or a filler panel and electromagnetic compatibility EMC shield installed in it If the server has redundant power each of the power supply bays has a power supply installed in it There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to work properly Leave approximately 50 mm 2 in of open space around the front and rear of the server Do not place objects in front of the fans For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before turning on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the server cover removed might damage server components You have followed the cabling instructions that come with op
121. ar 120x38 fans all models 39Y8401 Cable Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable second serial port all models 4201053 Cable SFF SAS all models 44E4044 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Cable 390mm SAS Signal all models 42C2378 Cable Power LED all models 41Y9082 DD S 5 drive all models 40K2553 Slide Kit all models 40K6679 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Feet System all models 26K7345 Filler bezel assembly all models 41Y9071 Feet system all models 13N2985 Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server Ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server Ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shield kit all models 41Y9070 Service Label all models 39Y8359 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 Remote Supervisor Adapter RSAII Slimline all models 4471412 54 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 7 Parts listing Types 4203 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number RSA Slimline Brack
122. are Maintenance Manual Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 4 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 4 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 46U1024 SATA II models 5 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 5 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2304 6 EMC Plates all models 41Y9125 7 EMC shields all models 39Y8355 5 25 inch EMC flange tower top 5 25 inch EMC flange tower bottom 8 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 8 SAS hard disk drive backplane all models 39Y9757 9 Back plate with cable assembly all models 41Y9078 10 Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9067 11 Fan 120 X 38mm all models 41Y9028 12 Microprocessor duct all models 39Y8501 13 System board with tray models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 44R5619 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 11G 12G 14 Adaptec 8K adapter with Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid 25R8076 Card all models 16 Side cover assembly with latch and bezel lock all models 39Y8362 17 Diagnostic panel kit contains all models 41Y9079 e Blank label e Diagnostics label e Guide rail assembly e Power button e RAID enable cable 18 Blank filler all models 39M6800 19 Heatsink
123. are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Beep code Description Action One continuous beep Microprocessor error 1 Reseat the following components a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only Optional microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only Remove microprocessor 2 and restart the server If no beep code occurs microprocessor 2 might have failed replace the microprocessor If the beep code remains remove microprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2 in the connector for microprocessor 1 then restart the server If no beep code occurs microprocessor 1 might have failed replace the microprocessor 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only Optional microprocessor c Trained service technician only System board Repeating short beeps Keyboard error Reseat the keyboard po Replace the keyboard Repeating long beeps Memory error Reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace the lowest numbered pair of DIMMs with an identical known good pair of DIMMs then restart the server If the b
124. ault settings by using the Configuration Setup Utility program and run the test again see Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 005 xxx 000 Failed video test Reseat the video adapter if one is installed 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 011 xxx 000 Failed COM1 serial port test 1 Check the loopback plug that is connected to the externalized serial port 2 Check the cable from the externalized serial port to the system board 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 015 xxx 001 Failed USB test Trained service technician only Replace the system board 015 xxx 198 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 1 If a Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed or USB device connected during installed as an option remove it and run the test USB test again 2 Remove all USB devices and run the test again 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 020 xxx 000 Failed PCI Interface test 1 Reseat the PCI PCI X or PCI Express adapter 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board 030 265 001 Communication Error 1 Update the microcode for the Serial Attached SCSI SAS SATA controller see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service tech
125. ay 5 Bay 11 Bay 6 The following is an illustration of the simple swap server models 84 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Bay 1 Bay 5 2 Bay 2 Bay 6 Bay 3 Bay 7 g Bay 4 Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 85 Removing a CD or DVD drive To remove a CD or DVD drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page 78 4 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 5 Remove the front fan cage assembly see fRemoving the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 6 Disconnect the power and signal cables from the drive that is to be removed 7 Press and
126. bays e If you want to install the maximum number of hot swap drives eight you will need to order the 4 drive backplane option kit To install a hot swap hard disk drive complete the following steps 1 Unlock the side cover Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 Remove the EMC shield fg Touch the static protective package that contains the hard disk drive J to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Make sure that the drive tray handle J is in the open position 7 Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay EJ then carefully slide the drive assembly into the drive bay until the drive snaps into place aR ON D 8 Rotate the drive tray handle to the closed position 90 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 10 11 12 13 Check the hard disk drive status indicator to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly You might have to restart the server for the drive to be recognized If the amber hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously it indicates that the drive is faulty and must be replaced If the amber hard disk drive status LED for a drive is flashing slowly this indicates that the drive is being rebuilt If the amber hard disk driv
127. channel mode when one DIMM is installed 98 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual e The server supports memory mirroring mirroring mode and online spare memory Memory mirroring replicates and stores data on DIMMs within two branches simultaneously You must enable memory mirroring through the Configuration Setup Utility program To enable memory mirroring in the Configuration Setup Utility program select Devices and I O Ports gt Advanced Chipset Control gt Memory Branch Mode Use the arrow keys to change the Memory Branch Mode setting to Mirror then save your changes For more information on the Configuration Setup Utility program see the User Guide When you use memory mirroring consider the following information For ThinkServer TD100 models the maximum available memory is reduced to 16 GB instead of the 32 GB available in non mirroring mode For ThinkServer TD100x models the maximum available memory is reduced to 24 GB instead of the 48 GB available in non mirroring mode The minimum memory configuration is four identical DIMMs You must install identical pairs of fully buffered dual inline memory modules DIMMs in all four DIMM connectors same size type speed and technology These DIMMs must span across both branches and all four channels For example when you install the first four DIMMs you must install two DIMMs in branch 0 one in channel 0 and one in channel 1 and two DIMMs
128. cified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI 812 10 and ISO 7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296 Actual sound pressure levels in a given location might exceed the average values stated because of room reflections and other nearby noise sources The declared sound power levels indicate an upper limit below which a large number of computers will operate Chapter 1 Introduction 3 Server controls LEDs and connectors This section describes the controls light emitting diodes LEDs and connectors on the front and rear of the server Front view The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors on the front of the hot swap server models Pr mm 039 or ol T O O O O O O 2 O O O O O Q olo Ooo Og IS O Ro fo a a o o Ooo O54 O Ro fo 6 a a O O O fe O O ooe ooe ooe 280 ago ogo ogo OOO 000 1000 000 OOO OOO 000 O00 J OOO J OOO g OOO J OOO J 000 000 0010 010 010 010 010 0100 O O o O System po
129. controller cable DHCP failure no IP assigned Information only RETRYING rc xxx count yyy Dialback failed for userid w Could not connect Information only at phone number x y Z ENET eee DHCP Information only HstNme a DN b IP ccc ccc ccc ccc GW dadd ddd ddd ddd NMsk fff fff fff fff DNS1 9g99 999 999 999 DNS2 hhh hhh hhh hhh ENET eee IP Cfg HstName x Information only IP ccc ccc ccc ccc GW ddd ddd ddd ddd NetMsk fff fff fff fff 206 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action Failure reading an I2C device possible bus failure 1 Reseat the following components a AC power cords b Hot swap power supplies if any are installed c Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board Trained service technician only Replace the system board N Fan x Failure Make sure that fan xis not obstructed R
130. cratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 13G 11G 12G 14G 39M5130 Denmark models 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 13A 13M 13G 11G 12G 14G 14M 14A 39M5151 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma
131. d 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System is over recommended voltage on the VRM Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor System is under recommended voltage for 3 3V 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System is under recommended voltage for 1 5V CPU 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System is under recommended voltage on the VRM Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor System log 75 full System log cleared Clear the current logs Information only System Memory Error 1 Reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace the DIMMs Chapter 5 Diagnostics 209 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by
132. d device drivers or other software Lenovo maintains pages on the World Wide Web where you can get the latest technical information and download device drivers and updates To access these pages go to http www lenovo com support and follow the instructions Getting help and information from the World Wide Web On the World Wide Web the Lenovo Web site has up to date information about Lenovo systems optional devices services and support For general information about Lenovo products or to purchase Lenovo products go to http For support on Lenovo products go to Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 217 Calling for service During the warranty period you can get help and information by telephone through the Customer Support Center These services are available during the warranty period e Problem determination Trained personnel are available to assist you with determining a hardware problem and deciding what action is necessary to fix the problem e Hardware repair If the problem is caused by hardware under warranty trained service personnel are available to provide the applicable level of service Engineering Change management There might be changes that are required after a product has been sold Lenovo or your reseller will make selected Engineering Changes ECs available that apply to your hardware These items are not covered by the warranty Replacement or use of parts not manufactured for
133. d in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 19990305 An operating system was not found 1 Make sure that a bootable operating system is installed To determine whether an operating system is one of the devices in the startup sequence run the Configuration Setup Utility program see the User s Guide on the IBM System x3400 Documentation CD 2 Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests 3 Reseat the following components depending on the server model e Hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Hard disk drive backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable 4 Replace the following components one at a time depending on the server model in the order shown restarting the server each time e Hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Hard disk drive backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable 5 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 19990650 AC power has been restored Reseat
134. d metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set jumpers or switches if there are any Note You might find it easier to install the new drive from the front and then attach the cables Align the holes on the blue optical drive rails with the pins on the side of the drive and snap the optical drive rails onto the drive Push the drive into the drive bay until it locks into place Reconnect the power and signal cables to the drive Note Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules DIMMs Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position 88 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 96 11 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 12 Lock the side cover 13 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing a hot swap hard disk drive Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without eit
135. dapter b Trained service technician only System board 1806 PCI built in self test failure 1 Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all other adapters in the Configuration Setup Utility program are correct 2 If the error code indicates a particular PCI PCI X or PCI Express slot or device remove that device 3 Reseat each adapter 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board 162 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual replaceable units FRU trained service technician Error code Description Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Action 1807 1808 General PCI error 1 Make sure that no devices have been disabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program Reseat the failing adapter Note If an error LED is lit for a specific adapter reseat that adapter first if no LEDs are lit reseat each adapter one at a time restarting the server each time to
136. dels 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 43W5184 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 44R5644 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 44R5645 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 44R5646 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 44R5647 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 44R5648 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5450 Quad Core 3 00 44E5117 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W Processor models 20 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 all models 41Y4223 21 Retention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1017 FBDIMM 667MHz models 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13K 13R 13E 13J 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 22 Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1018 FBDIMM 667MHz models 12G 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1019 FBDIMM 667MHz models 23 DIMM duct all models 39Y8499 24 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 25 Filler panel power supply all models 24R273
137. dels 6 Hard disk drive 450GB 15K SAS all models 46U2108 7 Adv Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2305 7 Entry amp Mid Lenovo Bezel all models 46U2304 8 EMC Plates all models 41Y9125 9 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 10 Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9067 11 Fan 120 X 38mm all models 41Y9028 12 Microprocessor duct all models 39Y8501 13 System board models 11U 11G 11A 44R5619 13 Tray system board all models 41Y9077 14 Adaptec 8K adapter with Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid 25R8076 Card all models 16 Easy LED Diagnostics panel assembly all models 41Y9079 17 SIDE COVER ASM all models 39Y8362 18 Blank Filler all models 39M6800 19 Heat sink all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 41Y4275 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 41Y4276 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5140 Dual Core 2 33 41Y4278 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5150 Dual Core 2 66 41Y4279 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5160 Dual Core 3 0 GHz 1333 41Y4280 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 52 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 7 Parts listing Types 4203 continued
138. dels 15Q 12Q 14Q 39M5179 Europe models 11G 13G 39M5233 Brazil models 70 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 14 Power cords Type 6429 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan models 12V 13V 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 12M 13M 15M 16M 17M 18M 19M 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia S
139. e Description Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Action 1600 1604 The service processor is not functioning Note Depending on which device is installed the service processor is the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine or the BMC Machine type mismatch 1 If the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed a Update the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 b Replace the Remote Supervisor II SlimLine Update the BMC firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings and save the settings Update the BIOS code and BMC firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1762 Fixed disk configuration error Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings and save the settings Reseat the follo
140. e ac and dc power LEDs are lit DC power LED This green LED provides status information about the power supply During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit Mouse connector Connect a mouse device to this connector Keyboard connector Connect a PS 2 keyboard to this connector Serial 1 connector Connect a 9 pin serial device to this connector Parallel connector Connect a parallel device to this connector 8 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Video connector Connect a monitor to this connector USB connectors Connect USB devices to these connectors Ethernet connector Use this connector to connect the server to a network Serial 2 connector Connect a 9 pin serial device to this connector Ethernet transmit receive activity LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector When this LED is lit it indicates that there is activity between the server and the network Ethernet link status LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector When this LED is lit it indicates that there is an active connection on the Ethernet port Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine connector Connect the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine card to this connector Chapter 1 Introduction 9 Internal connectors LEDs and switches The following illustrations show the connectors light emitting diodes LEDs and switches on the system board The illustrations might differ slightly from your hardwa
141. e assembly TD100 some models This procedure applies only to server models that have a non hot swap power supply See Removing a hot swap power supply on page 94 for information about the removal of a hot swap power supply When you remove or install a non hot swap power supply observe the following precautions Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician 132 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 11 A CAUTION The following label indicates sharp edges corners or joints nearby A Statement 17 A CAUTION The following label indicates moving parts nearby A To remove a non hot swap power supply cage assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Z lz 4 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Note It might be helpful to lay the server on its side for the remainder of this procedure 4 Disconnect
142. e backplane b Trained service technician only System board 180 361 003 Failed fan LED test Reseat the fan Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Fan b Trained service technician only System board 180 xxx 000 Diagnostics LED failure Run the diagnostic LED test for the failing LED 180 xxx 001 Failed front LED panel test Reseat the control panel assembly cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Control panel assembly cable b Trained service technician only System board 180 xx 002 Failed diagnostics LED panel test Reseat the control panel assembly cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Control panel assembly cable b Trained service technician only System board 198 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that ste
143. e recognized by the hard disk drive diagnostic test the Fixed Disk Test Remove the drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests then run the hard disk drive diagnostic test again If the remaining drives are recognized replace the drive that you removed with a new one The server stops responding during the hard disk drive diagnostic test Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped responding and run the diagnostic test again If the hard disk drive diagnostic test runs successfully replace the drive that you removed with a new one A hard disk drive was not detected while the operating system was being started A hard disk drive passes the diagnostic Fixed Disk Test or SCSI Attached Disk Test but the problem remains Reseat all hard disk drives and cables then run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests again Run the diagnostic SCSI Attached Disk Test programs on page 189 Note This test is supported on servers with RAID arrays that use the ServeRAID 8k controller or the ServeRAID 8k I controller or servers with SATA hard disk drives that use the onboard SATA SAS controller to create RAID arrays Use the Fixed Disk Test for SATA hard disk drives or servers that have RAID arrays see Running the diagnostic 174 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they
144. e screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message or error code indicates that a problem has been detected to determine what action you should take as a result of a message or error code see the table in Diagnostic error codes on page 191 Running the diagnostic programs To run the diagnostic programs complete the following steps 1 If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server When you see Press F1 For Configuration Setup press the F1 key When the Configuration Setup Utility menu appears select Start Options From the Start Options menu select Startup Sequence Options Note the device that is selected as the first startup device Later you must restore this setting 7 Select CD DVD ROM as the first startup device 8 Press Esc two times to return to the Configuration Setup Utility menu 9 Insert the IBM Enhanced Diagnostics CD in the CD drive 10 Select Save amp Exit Setup and follow the prompts The diagnostics will load 11 From the diagnostic programs screen select the test that you want to run and follow the instructions on the screen When you are diagnosing hard disk drives select SCSI Attached Disk Test for the most thorough test Select Fixed Disk Test for any of the following situations e You want to run a faster test e The server contains RAID arrays not connected to the onboard SAS SATA controller e
145. e status LED for a drive is flashing rapidly this indicates that the controller is identifying the drive If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing this indicates that the drive is in use Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using an optional ServeRAID controller you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after replacing hard disk drives See the ServeRAID documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using ServeRAID Manager Closed the bezel Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 91 Removing a simple swap hard disk drive Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before removing or installing a simple swap hard disk drive To remove a simple swap hard disk drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock the side cover 3 4 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 5 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 6 Pull the loops of the drive
146. e the settings Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS Reseat the following components a Battery b Failing device If the device is a FRU it must be reseated by a trained service technician only Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Failing device If the device is a FRU it must be replaced by a trained service technician only c Trained service technician only System board 163 Time of day not set 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings make sure that the date and time are correct and save the settings Reseat the battery Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 175 Service processor flash code damaged or not loaded Restart the server Update the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 Replace the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter Il SlimLine Trained service technician only Replace the system board 156 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the ord
147. e the front fan cage assembly see Removing the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 7 Note where each cable is connected then disconnect all cables from the system board 8 Remove any of the following components that are installed on the system board and put them in a safe static protective place e Adapters see Removing an adapter on page 81 e Microprocessor and heat sink see Removing the microprocessor and heat fink on page 197 ink on page 137 e DIMMs see fRemoving a memory module on page 97 Note If you replace the system board and need to remove the DIMM thermal baffles from the non functional DIMM connectors 3 6 9 and 12 use a pointing object and align it through the holes on the end of the DIMM thermal baffles and press down on the release clip to release the thermal baffles e Battery see Removing the battery on page 114 9 Rotate the rear system fan air baffle up out of the way by grasping the tab and pulling the baffle all the way up then slide it outward over the rear of the server until it locks in place 10 Rotate the system board retention latch toward the rear of the chassis Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 143 11 Slide the system board toward the front of the server to disengage the tabs from the chassis then grasp the handles and Iron each side and carefully lift the system board out of the server Handle A
148. echnician only Reseat the microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board System under recommended voltage for 12v Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board Trained service technician only Replace the system board System under recommended voltage on 2 5v Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board Trained service technician only Replace the system board System under recommended voltage on continuous 5v 2 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board Trained service technician only Replace the system board System x started a RS485 connection with us Information only We started a RS485 connection with remote system x Information only We will retry sending alert ID x when accepted by a remote system it will have a different ID Information only Windows blue screen has been captured Information only 212 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware
149. ectors some 8 Video connector models H AC power LEDs g USB connectors 3 and 4 DC power LEDs RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 1000 4 Mouse connector RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 for Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 5 Keyboard connector NMI button g Serial 1 COM 1 connector Serial 2 COM 2 connector Parallel connector The following illustration shows the connectors on the rear of the non hot swap power supply models Chapter 1 Introduction 7 Bn az JH o BA v g B ge o ali aj gt TE e G go e H DE ad HH 15 T C a Ss gt gt U ol It yJ Power cord connectors some USB 3 and 4 connectors models 2 Mouse connector 8 RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 1000 connector Keyboard connector g RJ45 Ethernet 10 100 for Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine connector 4 Serial 1 COM 1 connector NMI button 5 Parallel connector Serial 2 COM 2 connector 4 Video connector Power cord connector Connect the power cord to this connector AC power LED This green LED provides status information about the power supply During typical operation both th
150. ed type size or larger and technology as the failed pair of DIMMs You must enable the feature through the Configuration Setup Utility program To enable online spare memory in the Configuration Setup Utility program select Devices and I O Ports gt Advanced Chipset Control gt Memory Branch Mode Use the arrow keys to change the setting for Branch 0 Rank Sparing or Branch 1 Rank Sparing to Enabled then save your Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 99 changes For more information on the Configuration Setup Utility program see the User Guide When you use online spare memory you must consider the following information You cannot enable online spare memory while the server is operating in mirroring mode The minimum memory configuration is two single rank DIMMs installed in branch 0 DIMM connector 1 in channel 0 and connector 4 in channel 1 however online sparing is not supported with this configuration To support online sparing in branch 0 you must add a second pair of DIMMs The spare pair of DIMMs can be single rank or double rank and must be the same speed type size or larger and technology as the failed pair of DIMMs The spare pair must be installed in branch 0 DIMM connector 2 in channel 0 and connector 5 in channel 1 However if the DIMMs are double rank and you install the spare pair of DIMMs in branch 1 DIMM connector 7 channel 2 and connector 10 channel 3 rather than branch 0
151. ed on 2 Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray release opening 3 Reseat the CD or DVD drive cable 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a CD or DVD drive cable b CD or DVD drive Diskette drive problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The optional diskette drive If there is a diskette in the drive make sure that activity LED stays lit or the The diskette drive cables are correctly and securely connected server bypasses the diskette The diskette drive is enabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program drive The diskette is good and not damaged Try another diskette if you have one The diskette is inserted correctly in the drive The diskette contains the necessary files to start the server Your software program is working properly To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between moni
152. eep code error remains go to 3 Return one DIMM at a time from the failed pair to its connector restarting the server after you reinstall each DIMM to identify the failed DIMM 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 151 No beep symptoms The following table describes situations in which no beep code sounds when POST is completed e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician No beep symptom Description Action No beeps occur and the 1 Trained service technician only Reseat the server operates correctly front information panel LED cable 2 Trained service technician only Replace the front information panel LED assembly No beeps occur and See Solving undetermined problems on page there is no video No beeps occur after The power on status is Disabled 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program s
153. els 15L 15Y 11S 11L 11Y 11G 13S 13L 13Y 13G 39M5172 Israel models 11G 13G 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 69 Table 13 Power cords Type 6419 continued Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5081 Used in these countries and regions 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 15U 15F 15D 15S 15A 15T 11U 11F 11S 11D 12A 12T 13U 13F 13S 13D 14A 14T 39M5219 39M5199 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models 15K 15J 12K 14K Japan models 15J 15E12J 14d 39M5068 39M5226 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay models 15L 15Y 11L 11Y India mo
154. enance Manual Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom A USB device does not work Action 1 2 Run USB diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 Make sure that The correct USB device driver is installed e The operating system supports USB devices A standard PS 2 keyboard or mouse is not connected to the server If it is a USB keyboard or mouse will not work during POST Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Configuration Setup Utility program For more information see the User s Guide on the IBM System x3400 Documentation CD If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from the hub and connect it directly to the server Chapter 5 Diagnostics 185 Error LEDs The following is an illustration of the system board LEDs The system board has error LEDs that will help to locate the source of the error Run the diagnostic programs t
155. enance Manual Removing the SAS SATA backplane To remove the SAS SATA backplane complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 4 Remove the hot swap hard disk drives that are installed in the hard disk drive cage see Removing a hot swap hard disk drive on page 89 5 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 6 Remove the front fan cage assembly see fRemoving the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 7 Disconnect the power and signal cables from the SAS SATA backplane 8 Lift up on the spring release latch on the side of the drive cage and rotate the SAS SATA backplane away from the drive cage until the backplane tab disengage from the chassis L
156. ent problems check the error log see Diagnostic programs messages and error codes on page 189 170 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedure complete the following steps 1 Is the server part of a cluster No Go to step 2 Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step 2 Complete the following steps a Check the power supply LEDS see Power supply LEDs on page 187 b Turn off the server and all external devices c Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http www lenovo com support d Check all cables and power cords e Set all display controls to the middle positions f Turn on all external devices g Turn on the server If the server does not start see Troubleshooting tables on page 172 h Check the system error LED on the control panel If it is lit check the LEDs on the system board see Error LEDs on page 186 Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the BMC log This log does not clear itself and if it begins to fill up the system error LED will be lit Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the BMC log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server i Check for the following results e Successful completi
157. entation for more information 2 Reseat the following components a SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane cable b ServeRAID controller 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one ata time in the order shown restarting the server each time 035 230 001 Battery Low Replace the battery module on the RAID controller 035 231 001 Abnormal Battery Temperature Replace the battery module on the RAID controller 035 285 001 Adapter Communication Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller 035 286 001 Adapter CPU Test Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller 035 287 001 Adapter Local RAM Test Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller 035 288 001 Adapter NVSRAM Test Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller 035 289 001 Adapter Cache Test Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller Chapter 5 Diagnostics 193 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which t
158. ents and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST If a power on password is set you must type the password and press Enter when prompted for POST to run If POST is completed without detecting any problems a single beep sounds and the server startup is completed If POST detects a problem more than one beep might sound or an error message is displayed See POST beep codes on page 148 and POST error codes on page 155 155 for more information Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 147 POST beep codes A beep code is a combination of short or long beeps or series of short beeps that are separated by pauses For example a 1 2 3 beep code is one short beep a pause two short beeps and pause and three short beeps A beep code indicates that POST has detected a problem If no beep code sounds see symptoms on page 152 The following table describes the beep codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems A single problem might cause more than one error message When this occurs correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time POST runs Exception If there are multiple error codes that indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 178 for information about diagnosing
159. eps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Handling static sensitive devices on page 75 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables necessary to replace the device Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Remove the four screws securing the DIMM air duct to the power supply cage 120 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Plastic push pin DIMM air duct H Positioning pins Screws 6 Push the air duct up toward the rear of the power supply cage Once the locator pins are free of the power supply cage you can remove the air duct from the server Installing the DIMM air duct To install a replacement DIMM air duct complete the following steps 1 Let the locator pins on the end of the air duct hang over the end of the power supply cage 2 S
160. er Lock Cover release latch us of 1 Make sure that all cables adapters and other components are installed and seated correctly and that you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server Also make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed 2 Insert the bottom edges of the cover into the inside of the chassis and rotate the cover toward the server 3 Press down on the cover release latch and close the cover to secure it in place Lock the side cover 5 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 79 Turning the stabilizing feet To rotate the front feet complete the following steps Feet 1 Carefully position the server on a flat surface The feet should hang over the edge of the flat surface to ease removal 2 Press in on the clips to hold the feet in place then pry the feet away from the server In some cases you might need a screwdriver to pry the feet from the server 3 Reinstall the feet in the opposite location The tab on the feet should extend beyond the edge of the server 80 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing an adapter To remove an adapter complete the following steps 1 2 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Turn off the ser
161. er in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 178 Security hardware error 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Reseat the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine b Trained service technician only System board 184 Power on password damaged 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Reseat the battery Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS 4 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time w a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 187 VPD serial number not set 1 Set the serial number by updating the BIOS code level see Updating the firmware on pa
162. er shown restarting the server each time a Mouse b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 201 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 305 XXX XXX Failed video monitor test 1 Reseat the monitor cable 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board 405 xxx 000 Failed Ethernet test on controller on the 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program system board Make sure that The Ethernet adapter is not disabled e The BIOS code is at the latest level 2 Run the loopback diagnostic 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 202 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Recovering from a BIOS update failure If power to the server is interrupted while BIOS code is being updated the server might not restart correctly or might not displa
163. ertr glichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und halt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handbiichern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren d rfen auch nur von der Lenovo empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden Lenovo Ubernimmt keine Verantwortung fur die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der Lenovo verandert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt eingebaut werden 226 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Deutschland Einhaltung des Gesetzes Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmittein Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG fr her Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Betriebsmitteln EMVG vom 20 Juli 2007 fr her Gesetz Uber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten bzw der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EC fr her 89 336 EWG f r Ger te der Klasse A Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in Ubereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformit tszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich f r die Konformit t
164. erver as you lean over it Avoid dropping any metallic objects such as paper clips hairpins and screws into the server 74 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Handling static sensitive devices Attention Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices To avoid damage keep static sensitive devices in their static protective packages until you are ready to install them To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge observe the following precautions Limit your movement Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you The use of a grounding system is recommended For example wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap if one is available Always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on Handle the device carefully holding it by its edges or its frame Do not touch solder joints pins or exposed circuitry Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it While the device is still in its static protective package touch it to an unpainted metal part on the outside of the server for at least 2 seconds This drains static electricity from the package and from your body Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device If it is necessary to set down the device put it back into its static protective package
165. es see patna an sgapier on page Reconnect all external cables and power cords Insert the update CD into the CD or DVD drive Turn on the server and the monitor After the update session is completed remove the CD from the drive and turn off the server Disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Remove any adapters that impede access to the boot block recovery switch see Removing an adapter on page 81 Toggle the boot block recovery switch to 1 Chapter 5 Diagnostics 203 14 Replace any adapters that you removed see Installing an adapter on page 82 then install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 15 Lock the side cover if it was unlocked during removal 16 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server The following table describes the function of each switch on the system board Table 17 System board switches Switch number Description 1 Boot block e When this switch is on 1 this is normal mode e When this switch is toggled to On this enables the system to recover if the BIOS code becomes damaged 2 Clear CMOS e When this switch is on 2 this is normal mode This keeps the CMOS data e When this switch is toggled to On this clears the CMOS data which clears the power on password and administrator password
166. eseat the fan x cable on gt Replace fan x Fan x Outside Recommended Speed 1 Make sure that fan x is not obstructed 2 Reseat the fan x cable 3 Replace fan x Flash of x by y via z was successful w Information only Flash of x via z failed for user Z Z Information only Flash succeeded for x address y Information only Hard Drive x Fault 1 Run the diagnostics programs 2 Replace hard disk drive x 3 Replace the following component depending on the server model Hot swap models SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap Hard disk drive x cable Hard drive x removal detected Reseat hard disk drive x Internal Error CPU Fault Information only If the message remains 1 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor Invalid userid or password received Userid is w X yY Z Information only LAN Command Mode tamper triggered Possible break in attempt Information only LAN Telnet tamper triggered Possible break in attempt Information only LAN Web Server tamper delay triggered Possible break in attempt Information only LAN Ethernet interface is no longer active Information only LAN Ethernet interface is now active Information only No ISMP Gateway defined for the interconnect network RSA x is Assuming the Gateway Information only
167. et all models 41Y9086 PCle 8s SAS controller MARAUDER CARD all models 39R8785 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 3 5 5 25 inch bracket converter kit all models 32P4743 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 SIDE TOP COVER all models 39Y8360 Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 4201772 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models SAS Card all models 25R8071 8i SAS BATTERY all models 25R8118 Filler HDD all models 26K8680 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 PRO 1000GTSV all models 39Y6107 Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 SAS Backplane all models 39Y9757 MS SW Pack all models 43X1420 HDD INNER CAGE all models 44E4036 HDD OUTER CAGE all models 44E4038 power microfit CGRID 24 pins CGRID CABLE 24 all 44E4040 models power microfit CGRID 20 pins CGRID CABLE 20 all 44E4042 models Keyboard Preferred Pro with 2m cable Full Width 42C0060 Black USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 DIMM BLOCKER all models 41Y9081
168. etXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models 8i SAS BATTERY all models 25R8118 Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 DIMM blocker all models 41Y9081 diskette drive interposer all models 39R9343 Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 fan harness all models 39Y8341 Cable power LED all models 41Y9082 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Redundant rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8401 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 35 Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable second serial port all models 42C1053 Cable SFF SAS CABLE all models 44E4044 Cable 390mm SAS Signal all models 42C2378 Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Dual USB all models 26K7340 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Chassis all models 41Y9084 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Feet System all models 26K7345 Fil
169. etnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 39M5130 Denmark models 11G 14A 14G 12G 13G 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 11G 14A 14G 12G 13G 39M5151 39M5158 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 11G 14A 14G 12G 13G Liechtenstein Switzerland models 11G 14G 12G 13G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya models 39M5172 Israel models 11G 14G 12G 13G 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models Chapter 3 Parts listing
170. evice e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 2 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 87 a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 3 Remove the front fan cage assembly see Removing the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 EMC shield H Optional drive Optional drive rails 4 9 Touch the static protective package that contains the new drive to any unpainte
171. exposure AN DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 4 A gt 18 kg 39 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib gt 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20a 1 Safety Xiii Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 10 CAUTION Do not place any object weighing more than 82 kg 180 Ib on top of rack mounted devices gt 82 kg 180 Ib XIV ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 11 A CAU
172. ey are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Beep code Description Action 1 2 4 RAM refresh verification failed 1 Reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board 1 3 1 First 64 K RAM test failed Reseat the DIMMs 2 Replace the lowest numbered pair of DIMMs with an identical known good pair of DIMMs then restart the server If the beep code error remains go to ab Return one DIMM at a time from the failed pair to its connector restarting the server after each DIMM to identify the failed DIMM 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board 2 1 1 Secondary DMA register test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 2 1 2 Primary DMA register test failed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 2 1 3
173. fan out of the fan cage assembly 4 If you are instructed to return the fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 104 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a hot swap fan Attention e Replace a failed fan within 48 hours e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To install a hot swap fan complete the following steps 1 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the hot swap fan to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the fan from the package and place it on a static protective surface 3 Align the fan over the bay in which you want to install the fan and lower it into the bay Press down on the fan until it locks into place then close the fan locking handle 4 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 5 Lock the side cover 6 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 105 Removing the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle Attention Replace a failed fan within 48 hour
174. figuring 18 viewing the configuration 18 SAS SATA HostRAID feature using 17 SATA RAID enabling 19 SATA simple swap drives installing 93 removing 92 SCSI SAS error messages 213 SCSI Fixed Disk Test 189 serial 1 connector 8 serial 2 connector 9 Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA controller configuring 19 viewing the configuration 20 serial port problems 183 server specifications 3 server configuration 15 server replaceable units 26 ServeRAID configuration programs 16 ServeRAID Manager 22 Configuration wizard 21 description 20 overview 20 Startable CD mode 20 using to configure arrays 20 ServerGuide problems 184 service calling for 216 simple swap backplate installing 130 removing 128 simple swap drives installing 93 removing 92 size 3 software problems 184 specifications 3 Startable CD mode 20 starting Broadcom NetXtreme gigabit ethernet boot agent 23 the IBM ServeRAID configuration utility 18 statements and notices 2 static sensitive devices handling 75 support web site 217 system board connectors 7 8 external connectors 11 installing 145 internal connectors 10 jumpers 14 LEDs 13 option connectors 12 removing 143 system event log BMC 153 system event error log 153 system reliability 74 system specifications 3 system error log 205 system error LED 5 T tape drive installing 87 removing 86 temperature 3 test log viewing 190 tests hard disk drive diagnostic 189 thermal grease 141 t
175. g components one at a time depending on the server model in the order shown restarting the server each time Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive x b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive x b Hard disk drive x cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate Trained service technician only Replace the system board 1800 Unavailable PCI hardware interrupt 1 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program and adjust the adapter settings Remove each adapter one at a time restarting the server each time until the problem is isolated 160 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU trained service technician Error code Description If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Action 1801 A PCI adapter has requested memory resources that are not available 1 Make sure that no devices have been disabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program Change the order of the adapter
176. ge install the three screws that secure the power supply to the chassis 3 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place 4 Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position 5 Connect the cables from the power supply to the system board and all internal components 6 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 7 Lock the side cover 8 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly To remove the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page 78 Note It might be helpful to lay the server on its side for the remainder of this procedure 4 Remove the power supply from the power supply cage Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 135 8 Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Disconnect the power supply docking cable assembly from the system board Us
177. ge 15 2 Reseat the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 188 Bad VPD CRC 2 1 Restart the server 2 Update the firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Reseat the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 4 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 189 Three attempts were made to access the Restart the server and enter the administrator server with an incorrect password password then run the Configuration Setup Utility program and change the power on password Chapter 5 Diagnostics 157 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 196 Processor cache mismatch 1 Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 4
178. ges Viewing the test log Diagnostic error codes Recovering from a BIOS update failure System error log messages Solving SCSI problems Solving power problems Solving Ethernet controller problems Solving undetermined problems Calling Lenovo for service Getting help and technical assistance Before you call Using the documentation Getting help and information from the World Wide Web Calling for service Using other services Purchasing additional services Lenovo Taiwan product service Appendix Notices Trademarks Important notes Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE notices Battery return program Electronic emissions notices Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement Avis de conformit la r glementation d Industrie Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement European Union EMC Directive conformance statement German Class A compliance statement Japanese Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement 171 171 172 172 173 174 174 175 175 177 178 178 181 182 183 184 184 185 186 187 189 189 190 190 191 203 205 213 213 214 215 216 217 217 217 217 218 218 219 219 221 222 222 223 224 225 225 226 226 226 22
179. gned so that LEDs remain lit when the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on provided that the power supply is operating correctly This feature helps you to isolate the problem when the operating system is shut down Many errors are first indicated by a lit system error LED on the control panel assembly of the server If this LED is lit one or more LEDs elsewhere in the server might also be lit and can direct you to the source of the error Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the BMC system event log This log does not clear itself and if it begins to fill up the system error LED will be lit Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the BMC system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server Before working inside the server to view the LEDs read the safety information that begins on page viijand Handling static sensitive devices on page 75 If an error occurs view the server LEDs in the following order 1 Check the control panel assembly on the front of the server If the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred 186 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 2 Check the front and rear of the server to determine whether any component LEDs are lit 3 Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components ins
180. h on the top of the microprocessor Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 141 Note 0 01mL is one tick mark on the syringe If the grease is properly applied approximately half 0 22 mL of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 139 142 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the system board To remove the system board complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vil and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up 4 rah and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 5 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 6 Remov
181. h they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 166 198 000 BIOS cannot detect ASM Reseat ASM 1 Run the diagnostic test again adapter in correct slot ASM restart failure Unplug and cold boot server to reset ASM 2 Correct other error conditions including other failed systems management tests and items that are logged in the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine system error log and retry 3 Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry 4 Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 5 Replace the components listed in step 4 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time 166 201 000 ISMP indicates I2C errors on bus X Trained service technician only Replace the system board 166 201 001 ISMP indicates 12C errors on bus P 1 Trained service technician only Reseat the power backplane 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service
182. he DIMM and then reinsert it DIMM 1 connector DIMM 2 connector DIMM 3 connector DIMM 4 connector DIMM 5 connector DIMM 6 connector ofa afofn DIMM 7 DIMM 10 DIMM 12 connector DIMM 11 connector DIMM 9 connector DIMM 8 connector 0 Rotate the power supply cage assembly back into the server Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis 102 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 11 If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies If you have other options to install or remove do so now otherwise go to Installing the side cover on page 79 Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 103 Removing a hot swap fan Attention e Replace a failed fan within 48 hours e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To remove a hot swap fan complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page 78 3 Take your finger and slide the orange release tab on the fan in the direction indicated by the arrow on the top of the fan to unlock the fan handle Grasp the fan handle and pull the
183. he location of the front panel connector Slide the drives in bay 1 and bay 2 back into the drive bays if you pushed them slightly out earlier see Installing a CD or DVD drive on page 87 for more information Reinstall the front fan cage assembly see Installing the front system fan cage assembly on page 109 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies see finstaling a hot swap power supply on page 96 Replace the bezel see Replacing the bezel on page 77 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 124 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing and replacing FRUs Field replaceable units FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians Removing the hot swap power supply cage assembly To remove the hot swap power supply cage assembly complete the following steps 1 3 4 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Installation guidelines on page 73 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover
184. he system board System shutoff due to continuous 5v under 1 Reseat the following components voltage a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to CPU over temperature 1 Make sure that the heat sink has good airflow and is not obstructed 2 Reseat the following components a Heat sink cable b Trained service technician only Heat sink Chapter 5 Diagnostics 211 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action System shutoff due to VRM over voltage Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board System shutoff due to VRM under voltage Trained service t
185. he system board failed 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 1 b Trained service technician only System board 00019702 Processor 2 failed the built in self test 4 Trained service technician only Reseat BIST microprocessor 2 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 b Trained service technician only System board Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 1 01298001 No update data for processor 1 1 4 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor 1 166 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step mus
186. her a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay To remove a hot swap SAS or hot swap SATA hard disk drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Note You do not have to turn off the server to remove hot swap drives from the hot swap drive bays 2 Unlock the side cover 3 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 4 Rotate the drive tray handle of the drive assembly to the open position Hard disk drive A Drive tray Drive tray handle in open position 5 Grasp the handle of the drive assembly and pull the assembly out of the bay D If you are instructed to return the drive assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 89 Installing a hot swap hard disk drive Before installing a hot swap hard disk drive read the following information e The hot swap drives must be either all SAS hard disk drives or all SATA hard disk drives do not mix SAS and SATA drives e Inspect the drive tray for signs of damage e To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay You do not have to turn off the server to install hot swap drives in the hot swap drive
187. hey are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 035 292 001 Adapter Parameter Set Error 1 Update the RAID controller firmware see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Reseat the RAID controller 3 Replace the RAID controller 075 xxx 000 Failed power supply test Reseat the following components 1 Hot swap power supply 2 Hot swap power backplane 3 Replace the following components depending on your model Hot swap power supply e Trained service technician only Non hot swap power supply 089 xxx 001 Failed microprocessor test 1 Make sure that the BIOS code is at the latest level 2 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 1 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 1 b Trained service technician only System board 089 xxx 002 Failed optional microprocessor test 1 Make sure that the BIOS code is at the latest level 2 Trained service technician only Reseat micro
188. hile rotating the bracket slightly toward the rear of the server until the hinge pin on the bracket is free of the hole then push the bracket in the opposite direction to release the other side of the bracket and remove the adapter retention bracket from the server Installing the front adapter retention bracket To install the front adapter retention bracket complete the following steps 1 NOR w Insert one of the hinge pins on the front adapter retention bracket into the metal hinge point on the fan cage assembly Rotate the other hinge pin into position and push the end of the adapter retention bracket into the hinge point The hinge pin will protrude through the hole in the metal hinge point when the adapter retention bracket is seated correctly Reinstall any adapters that you removed earlier Close the front and rear adapter retention brackets Install the side cover see installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 113 Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the battery To remove the battery c
189. hilippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela models 13A 13T 13H 14U 14F 14S 141 14D 14Y 14A 14T 15u 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of models 13K 13R 14K 14R 39M5199 Japan models 14J 14E 13J 13E 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay models 14L 15L 39M5226 India models 14Q 39M5179 Europe models 13G 11G 12G 14G 39M5233 Brazil models 68 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 13 Power cords Type 6419 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan models 11V 13V 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 15M12M 14M 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon
190. ice technician only Replace the system board 201 198 00n Memory Test Aborted Could not run the 1 Restart the server test Note n 1 9 programming error 2 Run the diagnostic test again 3 Reinstall the diagnostic programs see Updating the firmware on page 15 Chapter 5 Diagnostics 199 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 201 xxx n99 Failed memory test 1 Reseat the DIMMs Note ise DIN pall 2 Replace the following components one at a time 99 Both DIMMs in the pair failed in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM pair b Trained service technician only System board 202 xxx 00n Failed system cache test 1 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor n 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor n b Trained service technician only System board
191. ide the server have LEDs that will be lit to indicate the location of a problem For example a DIMM error will light the LED next to the failing DIMM on the system board Look at the system service label on the top of the server which gives an overview of internal components This information can often provide enough information to correct the error Power supply LEDs The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor e Two 512 MB DIMMs One power supply e Power backplane e Power cord e ServeRAID SAS adapter e System board assembly The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various combinations of the power supply LEDs and the power on LED on the front information panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Chapter 5 Diagnostics 187 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field Front Power supply information LEDs panel power on AC DC LED Description Action Off Off Off No
192. identified pairs are replaced go to step Return the removed DIMMs one pair at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each pair until a pair fails Replace the failed DIMM and restart the server Repeat this step until you have tested all removed DIMMs Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 177 Microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action A microprocessor LED is lit during POST indicating that the startup boot microprocessor is not working correctly Make sure that the server supports all the microprocessors and that the microprocessors match in speed and cache size 2 Reseat the following components a Trained service technician only Microprocessor b VRM 3 Trained service technician only If there is no indication of which microprocessor has failed isolate the error by testing with one microprocessor at a time 4 Replace the following components one
193. igh Multi Burner HH Rambo 9 models 43W4577 Cover Button all models 41Y9069 Side top cover all models 39Y8360 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models PRO 1000GTSV all models 39Y6107 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 8i SAS Battery all models 25R8118 Hard drive filler all models 41Y9043 DIMM blocker all models 41Y9081 diskette drive interposer all models 39R9343 Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 Cable fan harness all models 39Y8341 Cable power LED all models 41Y9082 Cable SAS power all models 39Y8508 Cable 390mm SAS Signal Cable all models 42C2378 Cable SCSI all models 25R0048 Redundant rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8401 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 29 Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number Cable Mini SAS Signal all models 41Y9085 Cable seco
194. iguration then select Done to exit 8 Restart the server w NONA Viewing the array configuration To view information about the RAID array complete the following steps 1 Start the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program 2 From the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility window select Manage Arrays 3 Select an array and press Enter 4 To exit from the program press Esc Configuring simple swap SATA RAID Use the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program to configure and manage simple swap SATA redundant array of independent disks RAID on simple swap SATA models with no ServeRAID adapter installed This utility is part of the BIOS code The Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program adds RAID functionality to the integrated SATA controller The integrated Serial ATA SATA controller comes disabled by default You must enable it and install the device drivers before you can use it The device drivers documentation and other information are available on the IBM ServeRAID 8e Adaptec HostRAID Support CD 18 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Enabling the Serial ATA SATA controller To enable the SATA RAID controller complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt Press F1 for Configuration Setup appears press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password Select Devices and I O Ports gt Advanced Chipset Control
195. in branch 1 one in channel 2 and one in channel 3 See Table 15 for the DIMM installation sequence When you upgrade the server to eight or 12 DIMMs the DIMMs that are next to each other for example DIMM connector 1 and DIMM connector 4 within the channels of a branch must be identical in size type speed and technology However the DIMMs in the connectors above or below each other within the channels of a branch do not have to be identical to each other for example the DIMMs in DIMM connector 1 and DIMM connector 2 Both branches operate in dual channel mode The following table shows the DIMM configuration upgrade sequence for operating in mirroring mode Table 15 DIMM upgrade configuration sequence in mirroring mode Number of DIMMs DIMM connectors 4 1 4 7 10 8 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 12 ThinkServer TD100x Machine Types 1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 Note For ThinkServer TD100 models Machine Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 DIMM connectors 3 6 9 and 12 are not functional Do not install DIMMs in these connectors Online spare memory disables a failed rank pair of DIMMs from the system configuration and activates an online spare rank pair of DIMMs to replace the failed rank pair of DIMMs For an online spare pair of DIMMs to be activated you must enable this feature and have installed an additional rank pair of DIMMs of the same spe
196. information about the Configuration Setup Utility program Using the RAID configuration programs Note RAID options and HostRAID are not supported on the SCO 6 0 and UnixWare 7 14 operating systems Use the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility program and ServeRAID Manager to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID Be sure to use these programs as described in this document The ServeRAID 8k I SAS Controller that comes with the TD100 server hot swap SAS and hot swap SATA models enables you to configure multiple physical SAS or SATA hard disk drives to operate as logical drives in a disk array The server comes with a CD containing the ServeRAID Manager program which you can use to configure the ServeRAID 8k I SAS Controller If your server comes with an operating system installed such as Microsoft Windows 2000 Datacenter Server see the software documentation that comes with the server for configuration information Use these programs to perform the following tasks e Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive e View or change IDs for attached devices e Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives e Monitor operation of the RAID controller e Configure a redundant array of independent disks RAID array e View or change the RAID configuration and associated devices Consider the following information when using the RAID configuration programs to configure and ma
197. ing a phillips screwdriver remove the three screws J that secure the docking cable to the chassis then remove it from the chassis If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly To install a new hot swap power supply docking cable assembly complete the following steps LP o N S OG Position the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly from the inside the server and insert it in the power supply docking cable slot on the rear of the chassis aligning the holes with the screw holes on the chassis Secure the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly to the chassis with the three screws that you removed earlier Connect the hot swap power supply docking cable to the system board Rotate the power supply cage back into the server Install the power supplies back into the power supply cage Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 136 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing the microprocessor and heat sink To remove the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page
198. ing the side cover on page 78 Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the ServeRAID 8k I adapter connector open and close the clips gently 3 Open the retaining clip on each end of the ServeRAID 8k I adapter connector 4 Touch the static protective package containing the ServeRAID 8k I adapter H to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the ServeRAID 8k I adapter from the package 5 Turn the ServeRAID 8k I adapter so that the ServeRAID 8k I adapter keys align correctly with the connector Attention Incomplete insertion might cause damage to the system board or the ServeRAID 8k I adapter Press the ServeRAID 8k I adapter firmly into the connector If you have other options to install or remove do so now Replace the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server oO DN Removing the RAID 8k adapter The ServeRAID 8k adapter can be installed only in its dedicated connector on the system board See the following illustration for the location of the connector H on 116 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual the system board The ServeRAID 8k adapter is not cabled to the system board and no rerouting of the SAS or SATA cable is required To remove the ServeRAID 8k adapter complete the following 1 Read the safety informatio
199. is green LED is flashing it indicates that the drive is in use When the drive is removed this LED also is visible on the SAS backplane next to the drive connector The backplane is the printed circuit board behind drive bays 4 through 11 Hot swap hard disk drive status LED Some models On some server models each hot swap hard disk drive has an amber status LED If this amber status LED for a drive is lit it indicates that the associated hard disk drive has failed If an optional ServeRAID adapter is installed in the server and the LED flashes slowly one flash per second the drive is being rebuilt If the LED flashes rapidly three flashes per second the adapter is identifying the drive When the drive is removed this LED also is visible on the SAS SATA backplane below the hot swap hard disk drive activity LED 6 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Rear view The following illustration shows the LEDs and connectors on the rear of the hot swap power supply models with optional redundant power NW AMT PPP om Power cord conn
200. isolate the failing adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board 1810 PCI error Make sure that no devices have been disabled in the Configuration Setup Utility program Remove the adapters from the PCI PCI X or PCI Express slots Reseat the failing adapter Note If an error LED is lit on an adapter reseat that adapter first if no LEDs are lit reseat each adapter one at a time restarting the server each time to isolate the failing adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing adapter b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 163 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 1962 A hard disk drive does not contain a valid 1 boot sector Make sure that a bootable operating sys
201. lds all models 39Y8355 5 25 inch EMC flange tower top e 5 25 inch EMC flange tower bottom 8 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 8 SAS hard disk drive backplane all models 39Y9757 9 Back plate with cable assembly all models 41Y9078 10 Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9067 11 Fan 120 X 38mm all models 41Y9028 12 Microprocessor duct all models 39Y8501 13 System board with tray models 11G 14U 14G 14A 12 44R5619 13G 14 Adaptec 8K adapter w Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid Card 25R8076 all models 16 Side cover assembly all models 39Y8362 17 Diagnostic panel kit contains all models 41Y9079 e Blank label e Diagnostics label Guide rail assembly e Power button e RAID enable cable 18 Blank filler all models 39M6800 19 Heatsink all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5110 Dual Core 1 6 GHz 1066 41Y4275 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5120 Dual Core 1 86 41Y4276 GHz 1066 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 27 Table 3 Parts listing Types 6398 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon 5130 Dual Core 2 0 GHz 1333 41Y4277 MHz 2x 2 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon
202. lemente sus equipos cuando stos ya no les sean utiles Lenovo dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devoluci n de productos a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI Se puede encontrar informacion sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio web de Lenovo http www lenovo com lenovo environment Notice This mark applies only to countries within the European Union EU and Norway This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002 96 EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive Appendix Notices 223 3B TOZI Ik EU HEKBKU VI I IEBUTNAEHENET OMAR ICIE EU if EST D ETE ET BR HR 2002 96 EC WEEE D FSV ASHE UT WET COMTI EU HEIER IT 5 EA 9 ke DEINE UPA IN OR FEED TV ET IDF NIE PARA RICH TT VS GEO TIME 7 HLA T DVER HDI EE HbUE DIT DUR ORM MICH SN TVERT Remarque Cette marque s applique uniquement aux pays de l Union Europ enne et la Norv ge L etiquette du syst me respecte la Directive europ enne 2002 96 EC en mati re de D chets des Equipements Electriques et Electro
203. ler bezel all models 41Y9071 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 Feett system all models 13N2985 Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 SAS Card all models 25R8071 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shield kit all models 41Y9070 Slide kit all models 40K6679 RSA Slimline bracket all models 41Y9086 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 Service Label all models 39Y8359 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 RSA Slimline Bracket all models 41Y9086 PCle 8s SAS controller MARAUDER CARD all models 39R8785 3 5 5 25 inch bracket converter kit all models 32P4743 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models PRO 1000 GTSV all models 39Y6107 Qlogic ISCSI single port PCI E adapter all models 39Y6148 DD S 5 tape drive all models 40K2553 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 36 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 4 Parts listing Types 6399 depending on your model continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service
204. lide the air duct down the power supply cage till the pins lock in place and the mounting holes in the air duct match up with the screw holes in the power supply cage 3 Using the four screws to secure the air duct to the power supply cage Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 121 Removing the control panel assembly To remove the control panel assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page ra Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Remove the front fan cage assembly see Removing the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 Slide the drives in bay 1 and bay 2 forward slightl
205. lign the adapter with the expansion slot guides then press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot For a full length adapter make sure that the front edge of the adapter is properly seated in the correct slot in the front adapter retention bracket Note Make sure that the adapter is seated correctly in the expansion slot before you turn on the server Incomplete installation of an adapter might damage the system board or the adapter 82 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual os ro ON 10 11 Rear adapter retention bracket Adapter Front adapter retention bracket Rotate the rear and front adapter retention brackets to the closed position Connect required cables to the adapter Route cables so that they do not block the flow of air from the fans Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 83 Removing and installing internal drives See the User Guide for information about the types of drives that the server supports The following figures show the locations of the drive bays in the server The following is an illustration of the hot swap server models Bay 1 Bay 7 Bay 2 Bay 8 Bay 3 g Bay 9 4 Bay 4 Bay 10 B
206. lovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 39M5130 Denmark models 11G 12G 13G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 11G 12G 13G 12M 13M 12A 13A 14G 15G 15M 15A 16G 17G 18G 19G 16M 17M 18M 19M 16A 17A 18A 19A 39M5151 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 39M5158 Liechtenstein Switzerland models 11G 12G 13G 12M 13M 12A 13A 14G 15G 15M 16G 17G 18G 19G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya models 12S 12L 12Y 11G 12G 13G 13S 13L 13Y 14G 15S 15L 15Y 15G 16S 17S 18S 16L 17L 18L 16Y 17Y 18Y 16G 17G 18G 19G 39M5172 Israel models 11G 12G 1
207. ly entitles you to obtain warranty service throughout the warranty period Service will be performed by service providers authorized to perform warranty service 218 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Service methods and procedures vary by country and some services might not be available in all countries International Warranty Service is delivered through the method of service such as depot carry in or on site service that is provided in the servicing country Service centers in certain countries might not be able to service all models of a particular machine type In some countries fees and restrictions might apply at the time of service To determine whether your computer is eligible for International Warranty Service and to view a list of the countries where service is available go to http www lenovo com support click Warranty and follow the instructions on the screen For technical assistance with the installation of or questions related to Service Packs for your preinstalled Microsoft Windows product refer to the Microsoft Product Support Services Web site at http www support microsoft com directory or you can contact the Customer Support Center Some fees might apply Purchasing additional services During and after the warranty period you can purchase additional services such as support for hardware operating systems and application programs network setup and configuration upgr
208. memory module Removing a hot swap fan Installing a hot swap fan Removing the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle Installing the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle Removing the front system fan cage assembly Installing the front system fan cage assembly Removing the front USB connector assembly Installing the front USB connector assembly Removing the rear adapter retention bracket Installing the rear adapter retention bracket Removing the front adapter retention bracket Installing the front adapter retention bracket Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs Removing the battery Installing the battery Removing the RAID 8k adapter Installing the RAID 8k I adapter Removing the RAID 8k adapter Installing the RAID 8k DIMM air duct Installing the DIMM air duct Removing the control panel assembly Installing the control panel assembly Removing and replacing FRUs Removing the hot swap power supply cage assembly Installing the hot swap power supply cage assembly po Removing the simple swap backplate TD100 some models Installing the simple swap backplate TD100 some models Removing the SAS SATA backplane Installing the SAS SATA backplane Removing a non hot swap power supply cage assembly TD100 some models Installing a non hot swap power supply cage assembly TD100 some models f Removing the hot swap power supply docking cable assembly Installing the hot swap power
209. n on the orange release latch J and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle op 4 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 95 Installing a hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to server models that have hot swap power supplies See Installing a non hot swap power supply cage assembly TD100 some models on page 135 for information about the installation of a non hot swap power supply To install a hot swap power supply complete the following steps 1 Remove the power supply filler 2 Place the power supply into the bay guides ENN Power supply filler 2 Release latch Power supply 3 Using the handle push the power supply toward the front of the chassis until it locks into place 4 Connect one end of the power cord into the connector on the back of the power supply and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet 5 Make sure that both the ac and dc power LEDs on the rear of the power supply are lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly 96 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Removing a mem
210. n that begins on page vii and Handling static sensitive devices on page 75 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the left side cover Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the ServeRAID 8k adapter connector open and close the clips gently 3 Unplug the battery pack cable from the adapter 4 Open the retaining clips on each end of the ServeRAID 8k adapter connector and remove the adapter from the server 5 Remove the screws that secure the battery pack to the chassis then remove the battery pack from the server Be sure not to drop the screws into the server chassis If you are not going to replace the ServeRAID 8k adapter reinstall the battery pack mounting screws into the holes in the chassis otherwise set them aside for future use Installing the RAID 8k adapter The optional ServeRAID 8k adapter can be installed only in its dedicated connector on the system board See the following illustration for the location of the connector on the system board The ServeRAID 8k adapter is not cabled to the system board and no rerouting of the SAS or SATA cable is required However if you install this optional ServeRAID 8k adapter in simple swap SATA models see the following instructions for cabling information To install the ServeRAID 8k adapter complete the following steps Note If you install this ServeRAID 8k adapter in simple swap
211. na Paraguay Uruguay models 12L 12Y 13L 13Y 15L 15Y 16L 17L 18L 16Y 17Y 18Y 39M5226 India models 12Q 13Q 15Q 16Q 17Q 18Q 19Q 39M5179 Europe models 11G 12G 13G 12M 13M 12A 13A 14G 15M 15A 16G 17G 18G 19G 16M 17M 18M 19M 16A 17A 18A 19A 39M5233 Brazil models 72 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components Replaceable components are of three types e Self service customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of self service CRUs is your responsibility If Lenovo installs a self service CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Optional service customer replaceable unit You may install an optional service CRU yourself or request Lenovo to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty and Support Information document Installation guidelines Before you remove or replace a component read the following information e Read the safety information that begins on page vi and the guidelines in Handling static sensitive devices on page 75 IThis information will help you work safely e Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working Place remo
212. nabled you must restart the server three times to reset the configuration settings to the default configuration the memory connector or bank of connectors enabled 2 Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable 3 Make sure that damaged BIOS code is not affecting the video see Recovering from a BIOS update failure on page 203 4 Seel Solving undetermined problems on page 215 The monitor works when you 1 Make sure that turn on the server but the or ar screen goes blank when you The aires en is not setting a display mode that is higher than the start some application Capao iy oE ME MONTON programs e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application 2 Run video diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 If the server passes the video diagnostics the video is good see undetermined problems on page 215 e Trained service technician only If the server fails the video diagnostics replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 179 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained
213. nage arrays 16 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual e The integrated SATA controller simple swap SATA models with integrated SATA RAID also known as HostRAID supports RAID level 0 and level 1 when two drives are installed When the maximum four drives are installed RAID level 10 is also supported Note In addition when the maximum four drives for TD100 and the optional ServeRAID 8k Controller are installed in the simple swap SATA models the server can also support RAID level 5 See Installing the RAID 8k adapter on page 117 for details about installing and cabling the ServeRAID 8k Controller to enable RAID level 5 support on simple swap SATA models e The onboard SAS SATA controller hot swap SAS and hot swap SATA models supports RAID level 0 and level 1 when two drives and the ServeRAID 8k I controller are installed When four drives are installed RAID level 10 is also supported When you upgrade to the maximum eight drives and the optional ServeRAID 8k controller is installed RAID levels 1e 5 and 6 also are supported e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive e To help ensure signal quality do not mix drives with different speeds and data rates To update the firmware and BIOS code for an optional ServeRAID controller you
214. nar Tray all models 41Y9077 Keyboard Preferred Pro with 2m cable Full Width 42C0060 Black USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 43 Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9642 SATA II models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 1 Hard disk drive 500GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9644 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 750GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 46J9646 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 1TB 7200 SATA 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9648 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9652 models 11G 1 Hard disk drive 73GB 10K 2 5 inch Hot Swap SAS 45J9654 models 1 Hard disk drive 146GB 15K 3 5 inch Hot Swap
215. nce Manual Table 11 Power cords Type 6398 Lenovo Power cord part number 39M5247 Used in these countries and regions Taiwan models 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vi
216. nd serial port all models 4201053 Cable SFF SAS CABLE all models 44E4044 Rear 120 mm x 38 mm fans all models 39Y8400 Dual USB all models 26K7340 Chassis all models 41Y9084 Cooling duct all models 39Y8504 Fan rear bracket assembly all models 41Y9074 Feet SYSTEM all models 26K7345 Filler bezel all models 41Y9071 iSCSI TX server adapter all models 30R5209 Feet system all models 13N2985 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 Keylock with alike keys all models 26K7363 Keylock with random keys all models 26K7364 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter DP all models 73P5109 PRO 1000 GT server ethernet adapter QP all models 73P5209 Rack bezel assembly all models 41Y9072 SCSI adapter all models 39R8750 PCle 8s SAS controller all models 39R8785 SAS Card all models 25R8071 Shield system board I O all models 41Y9076 Shield Kit all models 41Y9070 Slide kit all models 40K6679 RSA Slimline bracket all models 41Y9086 iSCSI SX server adapter all models 30R5509 System service label all models 39Y8359 Thermal grease all models 41Y9292 3 5 5 25 inch bracket converter kit all models 32P4743 10A C13 to CEE 7 7 2 8M Power Cord Fig 18 2 8M all 39M5123 models DD S 5 tape drive all models 40K2553 Operator information panel assembly all models 41Y9080 Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 42C1772 3U SCSI adapter all models 43W4325 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 MS SW Pack all models 43X14
217. ned service technician only System board Reseat the DIMMs Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board 3 3 3 No operational memory in system Make sure that the system board contains the correct number and type of DIMMs install or reseat the DIMMS then restart the server Important In some memory configurations the 3 3 3 beep code might sound during POST followed by a blank monitor screen If this occurs and the Boot Fail Count option in the Start Options of the Configuration Setup Utility program is enabled you must restart the server three times to reset the configuration settings to the default configuration the memory connector or bank of connectors enabled Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board Two short beeps Information only configuration has changed Run the Configuration Setup Utility program Run the diagnostic programs 150 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components
218. nents a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 3 3V under voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 1 5V CPU over voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 1 5V CPU under voltage 41 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to board over temperature 4 Make sure that all fans have good airflow and are not obstructed 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to continuous 5v over 1 Reseat the following components Voltage a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace t
219. ng system is supported no logical drive is defined RAID servers Run the ServerGuide program and make sure that setup is complete Software problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action You suspect a software 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that problem e The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an adapter or memory the server might have a memory address conflict e The software is designed to operate on the server Other software works on the server e The software works on another server If you received any error messages when using the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem Contact your place of purchase of the software 184 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maint
220. nician only Replace the system board 030 266 001 A SAS SATA Channel Error 1 Update the microcode for the onboard Serial Attached SCSI SAS SATA controller see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 192 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 030 267 001 Central Management Seq error 1 Update the microcode for the Serial Attached SCSI SAS SATA controller see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Update the BIOS code see Updating the firmware on page 15 3 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 035 002 0nn ServeRAID interface timeout 1 Make sure that the ServeRAID controller is configured correctly Obtain the basic and extended configuration status bytes and see the ServeRAID docum
221. nique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire models 14G 11G 13G 39M5130 Denmark models 14G 11G 13G 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda models 14G 14M 14A 39M5151 39M5158 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe models 14G 11G 13G 14A Liechtenstein Switzerland models 14G 11G 13G 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya models 14S 14L 14Y 12S 12L 12Y 11G 13G 39M5172 Israel models 14G 11G 13G
222. niques DEEE qui d termine les dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux syst mes utilis s travers Union europ enne Conform ment la directive ladite tiquette pr cise que le produit sur lequel elle est appos e ne doit pas tre jet mais tre r cup r en fin de vie In accordance with the European WEEE Directive electrical and electronic equipment EEE is to be collected separately and to be reused recycled or recovered at end of life Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive as shown above must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and recovery of WEEE Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE For proper collection and treatment contact your local Lenovo representative Battery return program This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For information on disposal or batteries outside the United States go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment or contact your local waste disposal facility For Taiwan Please recycle batteries HER HENK
223. nstall DIMMs in these four connectors and do not remove the DIMM thermal baffles installed in these connectors unless you need to replace the system board When installing multiple pairs always install the DIMMs with the most capacity in the first slots For example if you had a pair of 1 GB DIMMs and a pair of 4 GB DIMMs you would install the 4 GB DIMMs in slots 1 and 4 The memory controller has four fully buffered DIMM channels that are organized into two branches Each branch has two channels and each channel controls two DIMMs DIMMs that are next to each other for example DIMM connector 1 and DIMM connector 4 within the channels of a branch must be identical in size type speed and technology However the DIMMs in the connector above or below each other within the channels of a branch do not have to be identical for example the DIMMs in DIMM connector 1 and DIMM connector 2 do not have to be identical The following illustration shows how the memory controller is organized into branches and channels with a pair of DIMMs installed in each branch DIMM 3 DIMM6 DIMM9 DIMM 12 DIMM 2 DIMM5 DIMM 8 DIMM 11 DIMM 1 DIMM 4 DIMM 7 DIMM 10 Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Branch 0 Branch 1 Memory Controller The server can operate in two major modes mirroring and non mirroring normal The server can also operate in a single
224. nstall the hot swap power supplies see Finstaling a hot swap power supply on page 96 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 Lock the side cover Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 145 Easy LED Diagnostics panel TD100x only To remove the Easy LED Diagnostics panel complete the following steps Release Tab Light path 4 diagnostics panel 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Safety statements on 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cable as necessary to replace the device 3 Unlock and remove the left side cover see Removing the side cover on page ra 4 Disconnect the Easy LED Diagnostics panel cable from the system board 5 Press in on the release tab and twist the Easy LED Diagnostics panel clockwise until it stops then remove the panel from the server To install a replacement Easy LED Diagnostics panel complete the following steps 1 While you hold the cable out of the way position the Easy LED Diagnostics panel over the slots on the side of the drive bay cage Rotate the panel counter clockwise until it clicks into place Connect the cable to the system board Install the left side cover and close the bezel Reconnect powe
225. nt Notice to Customers This apparatus is approved under approval number NS G 1234 J 100003 for indirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom European Union EMC Directive conformance statement This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non recommended modification of the product including the fitting of non Lenovo option cards This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22 European Standard EN 55022 The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures German Class A compliance statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis f r Ger te der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertraglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fr her 89 336 EWG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften Uber die elektromagnetische V
226. number Qlogic ISCSI dual port PCI E adapter all models 4201772 MS SW Pack all models 43X1420 HDD Inner Cage all models 44E4036 HDD Outer Cage all models 44E4038 power microfit CGRID 24 pins CGRID CABLE 24 all 44E4040 models power microfit CGRID 20 pins CGRID CABLE 20 all 44E4042 models RSA SlimLine all models 4471412 Hard drive backplane all models 43X0334 Hard drive backplane all models 46C6425 VRM 11 all models 24R2694 Diag Panel Asm all models 39Y7125 PSU INTERPOSER all models 39Y8356 Planar Tray all models 41Y9077 Keyboard Preferred Pro with 2m cable Full Width 42C0060 Black USB all models Keyboard China all models 42C0067 Keyboard Japanese all models 42C0081 Keyboard USEng103P models 41A5100 Mouse Opt Wheel USB models 41U3013 Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 37 Table 5 Parts listing Types 6419 depending on your model CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU part Index Description Self service service number 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9632 SATA II models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12K 12R 12E 12J 1 Hard disk drive 250GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Simple Swap 45J9634 SATA II models 1 Hard disk drive 160GB 7200 RPM 3 5 inch Hot Swap 45J9640 SATA II models 11U 11F 11S 11L 11D 11Y 11G 11B 11H 11V 12M 12A 12
227. o 12v under voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 2 5v over voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board System shutoff due to 2 5v under voltage 1 Reseat the following components a Hot swap power supplies if any are installed b Trained service technician only Power supply cables on the system board 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 210 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician System error log message Action System shutoff due to 3 3V over voltage 1 Reseat the following compo
228. o find out the cause of the error see Running the diagnostic programs lon page 189 n page 189 R o o see E o TE FINNE n ae ae Site Me 8 Microprocessor 1 HH S error LED i m l DIMM error LEDs 1 through 12 i EP Microprocessor 2 Microprocessor _ error LED mismatch i a VRM error mm L ut I LED Slot 1 9 Ms o error LED gt Battery LED aaa Li error LED a serer eartbeat Slot 3 Og Oa o JE LED error LED 7 z o i I Slot 4 ET fl ServeRAID error LED et Cos i i error LED Slot 5 m 2 o error LED lt a Slot 6 error LED The server is desi
229. o optional device that 1 Make sure that all of the hardware and cable connections for the device are used to work does not work secure now i R 2 If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device 3 Reseat the failing device 4 Replace the failing device Chapter 5 Diagnostics 181 Power problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The power control button does not work the server does not start Note The power control button will not function until 20 seconds after the server has been connected to ac power Make sure that the control panel assembly power control button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords c Press the power control button If the server does not start check the power control button for damage Make sure that e The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working electrical outlet The
230. o view the test log when the tests are completed select Utility from the top of the screen and then select View Test Log You can also press F3 from the diagnostic menus to view the summary test log To view the detailed test log press Tab while you are viewing the s summary test log The test log data is maintained only while you are running the diagnostic programs When you exit from the diagnostic programs the test log is cleared To save the test log to a file on a diskette or to the hard disk click Save Log on the diagnostic programs screen and specify a location and name for the saved log file Notes 1 To create and use a diskette you must add an optional external diskette drive to the server The diskette drive must be attached when starting the server 2 To save the test log to a diskette you must use a diskette that you have formatted yourself this function does not work with preformatted diskettes If the diskette has sufficient space for the test log the diskette can contain other data 190 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Diagnostic error codes The following table describes the error codes that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems If the diagnostic programs generate error codes that are not listed in the table make sure that the latest levels of BIOS Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine and ServeRAID code are installed In the err
231. ocator pins Aa Hard disk drive backplane 9 If you are instructed to return the SAS SATA backplane follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 131 Installing the SAS SATA backplane To install the SAS SATA backplane complete the following steps 1 Insert the bottom tabs of the SAS SATA backplane with the slots on the lower lip of the drive cage 2 Rotate the SAS SATA backplane toward the drive cage until it locks in place in the retention tab of the spring release latch on the drive cage 3 Connect the power and signal cables to the SAS SATA backplane 4 Install the hot swap hard disk drives that were removed from the hard disk drive cage see finstaling a hot swap hard disk drive on page 90 5 Reinstall the front fan cage assembly see Installing the front system fan cage assembly on page 109 6 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place 7 Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position 8 If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies See 9 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 10 Lock the side cover 11 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing a non hot swap power supply cag
232. ocessor problems Before running the diagnostic programs you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see If the server is halted and no error message is displayed see Troubleshooting tables on page 172 and Solving undetermined problems on page 215 For information about power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 213 Error logs on page 153 and For intermitt
233. omplete the following steps xe a a i REE dS 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page 78 4 Remove any adapters that impede access to the battery 5 Locate the battery on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 10 6 Remove the battery a Use a fingernail to press the top of the battery clip away from the battery The battery pops up when it is released b Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket Installing the battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when replacing the battery in the server You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer To order replacement batteries call 1 800 426 7378 within the United States and 1 800 465 7999 or 1 800 465 6666 within Canada Outside the U S and Canada call your Lenovo marketing representative or authorized reseller e After you replace the battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time To avoid possible danger read and follow the following safety statement 114 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement
234. on hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 5 Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board Determine the connector in which you will install the DIMMs Install the DIMMs in the sequence indicated in Table 15 on page 99 and Table 16 on page 100 Note DIMM connectors 3 6 9 and 12 are not functional in ThinkServer TD100 models Do not install DIMMs in these connectors Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently 6 Open the retaining clips 4 and if necessary remove any existing DIMM ij 7 Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the new DIMM from the package 8 Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the slot Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 101 9 Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector fl and H Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly installed Open the retaining clips remove t
235. on of POST indicated by a single beep e Successful completion of startup indicated by a readable display of the operating system desktop Did a single beep sound and are there readable instructions on the main menu or was a POST error code displayed Yes Find the beep code or error code in POST beep codes on page 148 or POST error codes on page 155 if necessary see Solving undetermined problems on page 215 e No Find the failure symptom in Troubleshooting tables on page 172 if necessary run the diagnostic programs see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 If you receive an error see Diagnostic error codes on page 191 If the diagnostic programs were completed successfully and you still suspect a problem see Solving undetermined problems on page 215 Checkpoint codes trained service technicians only A checkpoint code identifies the check that was occurring when the server stopped it does not provide error codes or suggest replacement components Checkpoint codes are shown on the checkpoint display which is on the system board By using the checkpoint display you do not have to wait for the video to initialize each time that you restart the server There are two types of checkpoint codes complex programmable logic device CPLD hardware checkpoint codes and BIOS checkpoint codes The BIOS checkpoint codes might change when the BIOS code is updated Chapter 5 Di
236. only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The number of serial ports that 1 Make sure that are identified by the operating Each port is assigned a unique address in the Configuration Setup Utility system is less than the number program and none of the serial ports is disabled of installed serial ports e The serial port adapter if one is present is seated correctly 2 Reseat the serial port adapter 3 Replace the serial port adapter A serial device does not work 1 Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector see Internal connectors LEDs and switches on page 10 2 Reseat the following components a Failing serial device b Serial cable c Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing serial device b Serial cable c Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present d Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 183 ServerGuide problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which com
237. ools diagnostic 147 trademarks 222 U undetermined problems 215 Universal Serial Bus USB problems 185 updating firmware 15 USB connectors front 6 rear 9 USB front connector assembly installing 111 removing 110 using Adaptec HostRAID configuration programs 16 Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility 19 Boot Menu program 23 EasyStartup 22 SAS SATA HostRAID feature 17 Serial ATA HostRAID feature 19 ServeRAID Manager 20 utility Array Configuration 19 Configuration Setup 16 SAS SATA Configuration 17 ServeRAID Manager 20 V video connector 9 controller 3 specifications 3 Index 233 video problems 178 viewing the configuration SAS SATA controller 18 Serial ATA controller 20 VRM installing 141 W web site publication ordering 217 support 217 Web site Lenovo support 2 25 weight 3 234 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual lenovo Part Number 46U0860 Printed in USA 1P P N 46U0860
238. ooting information in your system documentation and use the diagnostic tools that come with your system e Go to the Lenovo Support Web site at http www lenovo com support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures that Lenovo provides in the online help or in the documentation that is provided with your Lenovo product The documentation that comes with Lenovo systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform Most systems operating systems and programs come with documentation that contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes If you suspect a software problem see the documentation for the operating system or program Using the documentation Information about your Lenovo system and preinstalled software if any or optional device is available in the documentation that comes with the product That documentation can include printed documents online documents readme files and help files Most of the documentation for your server is on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD provided with your server See the troubleshooting information in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic programs The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need additional or update
239. or Intel Xeon E5345 Quad Core 2 33 43W5183 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5355 Quad Core 2 66 43W5184 GHz 1333 MHz 2x 4 MB L2 cache models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5405 Quad Core 2 00 44R5644 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 44R5645 20 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15H 15K 15R 15E 15J 17U 17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17R 17E Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 44R5646 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 16U 16F 16K 16J 16S 16L 16D 16Y 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16H 16R 16E 18U 18S 18L 18D 18Y 18G 18M 18A 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 44R5647 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 44R5648 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5450 Quad Core 3 00 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W Processor models 44E5117 20 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 all models 41Y4223 21 Retention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 46 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Table 6 Parts listing Types 6429 depending on your model
240. or codes x can be any numeral or letter However if the three digit number in the central position of the code is 000 195 or 197 do not replace a CRU or FRU These numbers appearing in the central position of the code have the following meanings 000 The server passed the test Do not replace a CRU or FRU 195 The Esc key was pressed to end the test Do not replace a CRU or FRU 197 This is a warning error but it does not indicate a hardware failure do not replace a CRU or FRU Take the action that is indicated in the Action column but do not replace a CRU or a FRU See the description of Warning in Diagnostic text messages on page 190 for more information e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 001 198 000 Test aborted 1 Check the diagnostic logs for messages that indicate the cause of the error and take the indicated action 2 From the diagnostic programs run Quick Memory Test All Banks then if an error is detected take the indicated ac
241. or on the system board 2 Lower the fan cage assembly into the chassis and press down firmly until the fan cage assembly is seated firmly in place 3 Press the power supply cage release tab and rotate the power supply cage assembly into the chassis until it locks in place 4 Return the power supply cage handle to the locked position 5 If you have a hot swap model reinstall the hot swap power supplies see Installing a hot swap power supply on page 96 6 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 7 Lock the side cover 8 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 109 Removing the front USB connector assembly To remove the front USB connector assembly complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see fRemoving the side cover on page 78 4 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 76 5 Disconnect the front USB cable from the system board noting the routing of the cable see System board internal connectors on page 10 for the location of the front USB connector 6 Press down and hold the release tab on
242. orrect the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present e Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock e Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging or leaking capacitor e Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord e Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground e Make sure that the power cord is the correct type as specified in Power cords on page 61 e Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn 4 Remove the cover 5 Check for any obvious non Lenovo alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non Lenovo alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage 7 Check for worn frayed or pinched cables 8 Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been
243. ors on bus O 1 Trained service technician only Control panel assembly 2 Replace the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Control panel assembly b Trained service technician only System board 166 201 007 ISMP indicates 12C errors on bus MO 1 Reseat the DIMM 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board 166 201 008 ISMP indicates I2C errors on bus M1 1 Reseat the DIMM 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board 166 260 000 ASM restart failure 1 Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry 2 Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 3 Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 166 342 000 System management BIST indicates failed 4 Disconnect all server and option power cords tests from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry 2 Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 3 Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 166 400 000 ISMP Self Test Result failed tests xxx 1 Disconnect all server and option power cords where xxx flash ROM or
244. ort circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board 3 Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see Solving undetermined problems on page for the minimum configuration 4 Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts successfully replace the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Chapter 5 Diagnostics 213 Solving Ethernet controller problems The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file Try the following procedures Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the server are installed and that they are at the latest level Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling If you di
245. ory module To remove a dual inline memory module DIMM complete the following steps 1 8 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Disconnect any cables that impede access to the DIMMs Locate the DIMM connector that contains the DIMM that is to be replaced see System board option connectors on page 12 for DIMM slot locations Attention To avoid breaking the DIMM retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Carefully open the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM HA If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shi
246. oth Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States other countries or both Java and all Java based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States other countries or both Adaptec and HostRAID are trademarks of Adaptec Inc in the United States other countries or both Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Important notes Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stands for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible capacity can vary depending on operating environments 222 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest currentl
247. ources To view the total amount of installed memory and the amount of configured memory run the Configuration Setup Utility program and select System Summary from the menu For additional information see the User Guide e When you restart the server after adding or removing a DIMM the server displays a message that the memory configuration has changed 100 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to stop which could result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on To install a DIMM complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Safety statements on page x 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 4 Rotate the power supply cage assembly out of the chassis e Hot swap models a Remove the hot swap power supply Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis e N
248. out of the bay using the handle b Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis 128 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual os ro o Non hot swap models lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Remove the front fan cage assembly see fRemoving the front system fan cage assembly on page 108 Remove the simple swap hard disk drives that are installed in the hard disk drive cage see Removing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 92 Disconnect the combination signal power cable from the simple swap backplate Lift up on the spring release latch on the side of the drive cage and rotate the simple swap backplate away from the drive cage until the backplate tabs at the bottom of the drive cage disengage from the chassis Locator pins Spring release latches Hard disk drive backplate Remove the simple swap backplate and set it aside If you are instructed to return the simple swap backplate follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 129 Installing the simple swap backplate TD100 some models This procedure
249. p must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 180 xxx 005 Failed SCSI backplane LED test 1 Reseat the following components a SAS SATA hard disk drive b SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane cable c RAID adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane cable RAID adapter Trained service technician only System board an op 180 xxx 006 Failed memory LED test Reseat the DIMM Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board 180 xxx 007 Failed power supply fan LED test Reseat the power supply Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Power supply b Trained service technician only System board 180 xxx 008 Failed I O board LED test Trained service technician only Replace the system board 180 xxx 009 Failed Active PCI LED test Trained service technician only Replace the system board 201 198 000 Memory Test Aborted Could not run the 1 Restart the server toSt sUspectisystem board error 2 Run the diagnostic test again 3 Reinstall the diagnostic programs see Updating the firmware on page 15 4 Trained serv
250. pin dual inline memory module DIMM connectors Types PC2 5300 ECC fully buffered with double data rate 2 DDR2 Drives depending on the model Diskette optional External USB diskette drive e Hard disk drive SATA One of the following IDE drives CD ROM CD RW optional DVD ROM optional DVD ROM CD RW optional Drive bays depending on the model e Three half high 5 25 in bays one CD or DVD drive installed or one half high CD or DVD drive and one full high tape drive e TD100 Four 3 5 in simple swap or hot swap bays depending on model e TD100x Eight 3 5 in hot swap bays Expansion slots depending on the model Six expansion slots Three PCI Express x8 slots two x8 links and one x4 link One PCI 32 bit 33 MHz slot Two PCI X 64 bit 133 MHz slots Fans Three speed controlled hot swap fans Power supply 670 watt 90 240 V ac Size e Height 440 mm 17 3 in Depth 747 mm 29 4 in e Width 218 mm 8 6 in e Weight 20 kg 42 Ib to 34 kg 75 Ib depending upon configuration Integrated functions Baseboard management controller BMC or onboard service processor Broadcom 5721 10 100 1000 Ethernet controller on the system board with RJ 45 Ethernet port e Six port Serial ATA controller Integrated RAID capability SATA HostRAID Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Two serial ports One parallel port e Four Universal Serial Bus
251. ponents are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD will not start Action Make sure that the server supports the ServerGuide program and has a startable bootable CD or DVD drive If the startup boot sequence settings have been changed make sure that the CD or DVD drive is first in the startup sequence If more than one CD or DVD drive is installed make sure that only one drive is set as the primary drive Start the CD from the primary drive The ServeRAID program cannot view all installed drives or the operating system cannot be installed Make sure that there are no duplicate IRQ assignments Make sure that the hard disk drive is connected correctly The operating system installation program continuously loops Make more space available on the hard disk The ServerGuide program will not start the operating system CD Make sure that the operating system CD is supported by the ServerGuide program See the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD label for a list of supported operating system versions The operating system cannot be installed the option is not available Make sure that the operating system is supported on the server If the operati
252. power to ad 1 Check the ac power to the server server or a problem with the ac power 2 iat sure that the power cord is connected to a ea lince unctioning power source 3 Remove one power supply at a time Lit Off Off DC source or power 4 Make sure that the power supply is connected to the supply power power backplane problem 2 Remove and replace one power supply at a time 3 View the system error log see Error logs on page 153 Lit Lit Off Standby power 1 View the system error log see Error logs on page problem 153 2 Remove one power supply at a time 3 Trained service technician only Replace the power backplane Lit Lit Flashing System power on 1 View the system error log see Error logs on page problem 153 2 Make sure that the power cables are seated correctly 3 Press the power control button on the control panel 4 Remove the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine and try to turn on the server 5 Trained service technician only Reseat the system board 6 Trained service technician only Replace the system board Lit Lit Lit The power is good No action is necessary 188 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Diagnostic programs messages and error codes The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages and error codes are displayed on th
253. pping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 97 Installing a memory module The following notes describe the types of dual inline memory modules DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you must consider when installing DIMMs The server supports industry standard 1 8 V 240 pin 667 MHz PC2 5300 double data rate 2 DDR2 dynamic random access memory DRAM with error correcting code ECC fully buffered dual inline memory modules DIMMs These DIMMs must be compatible with the latest DDR2 667 MHz DRAM fully buffered DIMM specification For a list of options for the server see http ThinkServer TD100 models The DIMM options that are supported for the server are 512 MB 1 GB and 2 GB in x4 or x8 technology single rank or double rank The server supports a minimum of 1 GB and a maximum of 32 GB reduced to 16 GB in mirrored mode of system memory ThinkServer TD100x models The DIMM options that are supported for the server are 1 GB 2 GB and 4 GB in x4 or x8 technology single rank or double rank The server supports a minimum of 1 GB and a maximum of 48 GB reduced to 24 GB in mirrored mode of system memory The system board provides eight or 12 functional DIMM connectors depending on the model and supports two way memory interleaving when DIMMs are installed in pairs Note DIMM connectors 3 6 9 and 12 are not functional for ThinkServer TD100 models Do not i
254. processor 2 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 b Trained service technician only System board 194 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual is solved replaceable units FRU trained service technician Error code Description Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Action 166 051 000 System Management Failed Unable to Run the test again communicate with ASM It may be busy 1 Update the firmware BIOS service processor and diagnostics see Updating the firmware on page 15 Run the diagnostic test again Correct other error conditions including failed systems management tests and items that are logged in the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine system error log and retry Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Replace the Remote Super
255. r When the prompt Press F1 for Configuration Setup appears press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the error logs Use one of the following procedures e To view the POST error log select Error Logs gt POST Error Log e To view the system error log available only if an optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is installed select Error Logs gt System Event Error Log e To view the BMC log select Advanced Setup gt IPMI gt System Event Log Viewing the BMC log from the diagnostic programs The BMC log contains the same information whether it is viewed from the Configuration Setup Utility program or from the diagnostic programs For information about using the diagnostic programs see fRunning the diagnostic programs on page 189 To view the BMC log complete the following steps 1 Dapy 10 1 12 If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server When the prompt F1 for Configuration Setup appears press F1 When the Configuration Setup Utility menu appears select Start Options From the Start Options menu select Startup Sequence Options Note the device that is selected as the first startup device Later you must restore this setting Select the CD ROM or DVD ROM depending on the drive in your server as the first startup de
256. r 2 to determine if the microprocessor or the system board failed 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 1 b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 165 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 00019502 Processor 2 is not functioning check VAM 4 Trained service technician only Reseat and processor LEDs microprocessor 2 2 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained service technician only Microprocessor 2 b Trained service technician only System board 00019701 Processor 1 failed the built in self test 1 Trained service technician only Reseat BIST microprocessor 1 If two microprocessors are installed remove microprocessor 1 and replace it with microprocessor 2 to determine if the microprocessor or t
257. r Documentation DVD It contains instructions for setting up the server and basic instructions for installing some optional devices e User Guide This PDF is available on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD lt provides general information about the server including information about features and how to configure the server It also contains detailed instructions for installing removing and connecting optional devices that the server supports e Rack Installation Instructions This PDF is available on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD It contains instructions for installing the server in a rack e Safety Information This document is in PDF on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD It contains translated caution and danger statements Each caution and danger statement that appears in the documentation has a number that you can use to locate the corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information document e Warranty and Support Information This document is in PDF on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD It contains information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance Depending on the server model additional documentation might be included on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD The server might have features that are not described in the documentation that you received with the server The documentation might be updated occasionally to include information about those features or technical updates might be a
258. r cords and external cables af oN 146 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Chapter 5 Diagnostics This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server If you cannot locate and correct the problem using the information in this chapter see Getting help and technical assistance on page 217 for more information Diagnostic tools The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems e POST beep codes error messages and error logs The power on self test POST generates beep codes and messages to indicate successful test completion or the detection of a problem See POST for more information e Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 172 e Server LEDs Use the LEDs on the server to diagnose system errors quickly See Error LEDs on page 186 for more information e Diagnostic programs messages and error messages The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server The diagnostic programs are on the Diagnostics CD that comes with the server See Diagnostic programs messages and error codes on page 189 for more information POST When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server compon
259. r delete a hot spare drive or initialize drives e SerialSelect Utility Select this choice to configure the controller interface definitions or to configure the physical transfer and SAS or SATA address of the selected drive Disk Utilities Select this choice to format a disk or verify the disk media Select a device from the list and read the instructions on the screen carefully before making a selection Starting RAID Configuration Utility program To start the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the message Press lt CTRL gt lt A gt for IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility appears press Ctrl A If you have set an administrative password you are prompted to type the password 3 To select a choice from the menu use the arrow keys to highlight it and press Enter Creating a RAID array To use the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility to configure a RAID level 1 array complete the following steps 1 From the IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program menu select Array Configuration Utility 2 Select Create Array From the list of ready drives select the two drives that you want to group into the array When you are prompted to select the RAID type select RAID 0 or RAID 1 Optional Type an identifier for the array When you are prompted for the array build method select Quick Init Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the conf
260. r lead Hg for mercury and Cd for cadmium Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste but use the collection framework available to customers for the return recycling and treatment of batteries and accumulators Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances For proper collection and treatment go to http www lenovo com lenovo environment For California Perchlorate material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 22 Division 4 5 Chapter 33 Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials This product part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which contains a perchlorate substance Electronic emissions notices Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction
261. ration Setup Utility program e RAID configuration programs IBM ServeRAID Configuration Utility program for the following server models Hot swap SAS Hot swap SATA Simple swap SATA models when the optional ServeRAID 8k Controller is installed Adaptec RAID HostRAID Configuration Utility program for simple swap SATA models with no RAID adapter installed ServeRAID Manager e Boot Menu program e Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program For more information about these programs see Configuring the server in the User Guide on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 15 Using the Configuration Setup Utility program The Configuration Setup Utility program is part of the BIOS code You can use it to e Change interrupt request IRQ settings e Change the startup drive sequence e Configure serial port assignments e Enable USB keyboard and mouse support e Resolve configuration conflicts e Set the date and time e Set passwords and security settings To start the Configuration Setup Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt Press F1 for Configuration Setup appears press F1 If an administrator password has been set you must type the administrator password to access the full Configuration Setup Utility menu 3 Follow the instructions on the screen See the User Guide on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD for more detailed
262. rd If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When using a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames Use extreme care when measuring high voltages To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid Safety ix Safety statements Important Each caution and danger statement in this documentation begins with a number This number is u
263. re System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board i 3 a gt Eae o FE an A p ai 18 f N am ett Co EI 17 E Oo a ct A o J i U a o 8 ed 14 3 ma 2 Main power SAS SATA backplane power 2 Power Simple swap SATA backplate Power Hot swap SAS SATA signal E USB tape Hot swap main fan 5 Front panel Hot swap fan redundant 6 Primary IDE Battery Front USB Wake on LAN 8 Microprocessor 1 COM 2 header 9 Microprocessor 2 Rear fan 10 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance
264. rect an error clear the BMC log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server Entries that are written to the BMC log during the early phase of POST show an incorrect date and time as the default time stamp however the date and time are corrected as POST continues Each BMC log entry appears on its own page To display all of the data for an entry use the Up Arrow 1 and Down Arrow 4 keys or the Page Up and Page Down keys To move from one entry to the next select Get Next Entry or Get Previous Entry The log indicates an assertion event when an event has occurred It indicates a deassertion event when the event is no longer occurring Some of the error codes and messages in the BMC log are abbreviated If you view the BMC log through the Web interface of the optional Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine the messages can be translated You can view the contents of the POST error log the BMC log and the system error log from the Configuration Setup Utility program You can view the Chapter 5 Diagnostics 153 contents of the BMC log also from the diagnostic programs For complete information about using the Configuration Setup Utility program see the User Guide Viewing error logs from the Configuration Setup Utility program For complete information about using the Configuration Setup Utility program see the User s Guide To view the error logs complete the following steps 1 2 Turn on the serve
265. rectly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity light is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed Check for operating system specific causes of the problem Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet con
266. removed or tampered with ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords power surges and missing safety grounds Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live electrical currents Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units Before you work on the equipment disconnect the power co
267. ry that is displayed is less than the amount of installed physical memory Action ue Make sure that e No error LEDs are lit on the control panel assembly or on the system board e Memory mirroring does not account for the discrepancy e The memory modules are seated correctly You have installed the correct type of memory e All DIMMs are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a DIMM when it detected a problem Check the POST error log for error message 289 e If a DIMM was disabled by a system management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM Run memory diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is over the minimum memory configuration one 512 MB DIMM and that you have installed the correct number of DIMMs see the User s Guide on the IBM System x3400 Documentation CD for information about installing memory modules Reseat the DIMMs Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board Multiple rows of DIMMs in a branch are identified as failing Nm Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server Remove the lowest numbered DIMM pair of those that are identified and replace it with an identical pair of known good DIMMs then restart the server Repeat as necessary If the failure continues after all
268. s 46U2304 41Y9125 NI QO alo EMC shields all models 5 25 inch EMC flange tower top 5 25 inch EMC flange tower bottom 39Y8355 SATA hard disk drive backplane all models 41Y9078 SAS hard disk drive backplane all models 39Y9757 10 Back plate with cable assembly all models Fan Cage and Card all models 41Y9078 41Y9067 11 12 Fan 120 X 38mm all models Microprocessor duct all models 41Y9028 39Y8501 13 System board with tray models 14G 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14K 14R 14E 14J 15U 15F 15S 15L 15D 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15H 15K 15R 15E 15J 16U 16F 16K 16J 16S 16L 16D 16Y 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16H 16R 16E 17U 17S 17L 17D 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17R 17E 18U 18S 18L 18D 18Y 18G 18M 18A 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19K 19J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12B 12H 12V 12K 12R 12E 12J 13U 13F 13S 13L 13D 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13B 13H 13V 13K 13R 13E 13J 44R5619 14 Adaptec 8K adapter with Battery KEYBISCAYNE Raid Card all models 25R8076 16 Side cover assembly with latch and bezel lock all models 39Y8362 17 Diagnostic panel kit contains all models e Blank label e Diagnostics label Guide rail assembly e Power button e RAID enable cable 41Y9079 18 Blank filler all models 39M6800 19 Heatsink all models 40K7438 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon
269. s To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To remove the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle complete the following steps i Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Disconnect the rear system fan cage assembly cable from the system board making a note of where the cable was connected for later installation Pull outward on the spring loaded lock pin and slide the rear system fan cage assembly to the left to release it from the mounting tabs on the chassis then remove it from the server If you are instructed to return the fan cage assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle Attention Replace a failed fan within 48 hours e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To install the rear system fan cage assembly with baffle complete the following steps 1 2 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Insert the rear system fan assembly retainer tabs into
270. s for logical drives Before you save the configuration make sure that the size of the logical drive is appropriate for your operating system 5 Click Apply when you are asked whether you want to apply the new configuration click Yes The configuration is saved in the controller and in the physical drives 6 Exit from ServeRAID Manager and remove the CD from the CD or DVD drive 7 Restart the server Using custom configuration To use custom configuration complete the following steps In the ServeRAID Manager tree click the controller Click Custom configuration Click Next In the Create arrays window from the list of ready drives select the two drives that you want to move into the array Click the Add selected drives icon to add the drives to the array 6 If you want to configure a hot spare drive complete the following steps a Click the Spares tab b Select the physical drive that you want to designate as the hot spare drive and click the icon to add the drive 7 Click Next 8 In the Configuration summary window review the information To change the configuration click Back 9 Click Apply when you are asked whether you want to apply the new configuration click Yes The configuration is saved in the controller and in the physical drives PON S a Chapter 2 Configuration information and instructions 21 10 Exit from ServeRAID Manager and remove the CD from the CD or DVD drive 11
271. s in the PCI PCI X or PCI Express slots Make sure that the startup boot device is positioned early in the scanning order For information about the scanning order see the User s Guide on the IBM System x3400 Documentation CD Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all other adapters in the Configuration Setup Utility program are correct If the memory resource settings are not correct change them If all memory resources are being used remove an adapter to make memory available to the adapter Disabling the BIOS on the adapter should correct the error See the documentation that comes with the adapter 1802 No more I O space is available for a PCI PCI X or PCI Express adapter Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all other adapters in the Configuration Setup Utility program are correct If the error code indicates a particular PCI PCI X or PCI Express slot or device remove that device Reseat each adapter Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Adapter b Trained service technician only System board 1803 No more memory above 1 MB for a PCI PCI X or PCI Express adapter Make sure that the settings for the adapter and all other adapters in the Configuration Setup Utility program are correct If the error code indicates a particular PCI PCI X or PCI Express slot or device remove that device
272. s not work disconnect the ac power cord for 20 seconds then reconnect the ac power cord and restart the server Trained service technician only If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPI aware operating system suspect the system board 182 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapier 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The server unexpectedly shuts See Solving undetermined problems on page 215 down and the LEDs on the control panel assembly are not lit Serial port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed
273. sed to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement begins with a number 1 translations for that caution statement appear in the Safety Information document under statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this documentation before performing the instructions Read any additional safety information that comes with your server or optional device before you install the device X ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Statement 1 AA DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage Disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures Connect and disconnect c
274. serkl rung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo Deutschland GmbH Gropiusplatz 10 D 70563 Stuttgart Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs 1 4 Das Ger t erf llt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A Nach der EN 55022 Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funkst rungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene MaBnahmen durchzuf hren und daf r aufzukommen Nach dem EMVG Ger te d rfen an Orten f r die sie nicht ausreichend entst rt sind nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers f r Post und Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes f r Post und Telekommunikation betrieben werden Die Genehmigung wird erteilt wenn keine elektromagnetischen St rungen zu erwarten sind Auszug aus dem EMVG Paragraph 3 Abs 4 Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der entsprechenden Kostenverordnung Amtsblatt 14 93 kostenpflichtig Anmerkung Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handb chern angegeben zu installieren und zu betreiben Japanese Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI statement TORE FPWLBRES SRESATMABRS VOC I OH KBOCTFAZATHRMHEECT 0 NRE GREER CEAT DE ER WEARZE IEEE CNRC IRADE iR ET BEJERKENDLIEDHVET Appendix Notices 227 Taiwanese Class A warning statement SARAH ef RAG RE oe gt FE AE ESS PAET B
275. service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action The monitor has screen jitter or 4 f the monitor self tests show the monitor is working correctly consider the the screen image is wavy location of the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices such as unreadable rolling or distorted transformers appliances fluorescent lights and other monitors can cause screen jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in b Non Lenovo monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems 2 Reseat the following components a Monitor cable b Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine if one is present c Trained service technician only System board Wrong characters appear on the 1 If the wrong language is displayed update the BIOS code with the correct screen language see Updating the firmware
276. sinformasjonen Safety Information f r du installerer dette produktet Przed zainstalowaniem tego produktu nale y zapozna sie z ksi k Informacje dotycz ce bezpiecze stwa Safety Information Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es sobre Seguran a NMepea ycTaHoBKOU NPOAYKTA NPOYTUTE UHCTPYKLIUNM MO TEXHUKE 6e30NacHOCTU Pred in tal ciou tohto zariadenia si pecitaje Bezpe nostn predpisy Pred namestitvijo tega proizvoda preberite Varnostne informacije Antes de instalar este producto lea la informaci n de seguridad L s s kerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den h r produkten Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 vii Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions viii Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in an IBM product that you are working on Each Lenovo product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non Lenovo alterations or attachment of non Lenovo features or options that are not addressed in this section If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must c
277. situation in which damage could occur Caution These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you A caution statement is placed just before the description of a potentially hazardous procedure step or situation Danger These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you danger statement is placed just before the description of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous procedure step or situation 2 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual ThinkServer TD100 features and specifications Machine Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 The following information is a summary of the features and specifications for Machine Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 4204 4205 and 4206 Depending on the server model some features might not be available or some specifications might not apply Table 1 Features and specifications Microprocessor Intel Pentium dual core processors e 4 MB shared Level 2 cache e 667 1066 or 1333 MHz front side bus FSB Note Use the Configuration Setup Utility program to determine the type and speed of the microprocessors Memory e Minimum 1 GB e TD100 Maximum 32 GB 16 GB in mirrored mode e TD100 Connectors eight dual inline memory module DIMM connectors two way interleaved TD100x Maximum 48 GB 24 GB in mirrored mode TD100x Connectors Twelve 240
278. so enables you to save the response file on a USB device or diskette for reuse and an option that enables you to install an operating systems using the saved response This option is useful if you intend to install the same operating system on similarly configured ThinkServer servers Notes 1 If you intend to implement a RAID make sure your storage controller or RAID adapter is configured correctly before you use the ThinkServer EasyStartup program to install the operating system 2 If you are using any external storage devices or fiber channels use the utilities provided with the device You also will have to provide the device drivers for these devices and install them after the EasyStartup program finishes installing the operating system 3 The ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD requires that you have a DVD drive that is configured as your first device in the startup sequence Use the Configuration Setup Utility program to view or change your startup sequence See Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 for details 4 To install an operating system you need the operating system installation disc CD or DVD and the associated product key if one was provided To start the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD do the following 1 Insert the ThinkServer EasyStartup DVD and restart the server If the EasyStartup program does not start see 22 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Using the Boot Men
279. system board 151 Real time clock error Reseat the battery 2 Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board 161 Real time clock battery failure 1 Reseat the battery 2 Clear CMOS memory See System board switches on page 14 for information about how to clear CMOS 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Battery b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 155 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 162 Invalid configuration information or CMOS 1 random access memory RAM checksum failure 2 3 Run the Configuration Setup Utility program select Load Default Settings and sav
280. system summary BIOS code level Operating system type and version level You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers Machine type and model BIOS level Adapters and attachments in the same locations Address jumpers terminators and cabling Software versions and levels Memory amount type and configuration Diagnostic program type and version level Configuration option settings Operating system control file setup 216 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Getting help and technical assistance If you need help service or technical assistance or just want more information about Lenovo products you will find a wide variety of sources available from Lenovo to assist you This section contains information about where to go for additional information about Lenovo and Lenovo products what to do if you experience a problem with your system and whom to call for service if it is necessary Before you call Before you call make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself e Check all cables to make sure that they are connected e Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on e Use the troublesh
281. t be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 01298002 No update data for processor 2 1 2 3 Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 Update the BIOS code see Updating the irmware on page 15 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor 2 01298101 Bad update data for processor 1 1 2 Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 Update the BIOS code again see Updating the irmware on page 15 Trained service technician only Reseat the microprocessor Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor 01298102 Bad update data for processor 2 1 2 3 Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 Update the BIOS code see Updating the irmware on page 15 Trained service technician only Reseat microprocessor 2 Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor 2 01298200 Processor speed mismatch Make sure that all microprocessors have the same cache size see Using the Configuration Setup Utility program on page 16 Chapter 5 Diagnostics 167
282. t in the ServeRAID Manager tree select the object and click Actions gt Hints and tips 20 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Configuring the controller By running ServeRAID Manager in Startable CD mode you can configure the controller before you install the operating system The information in this section assumes that you are running ServeRAID Manager in Startable CD mode To run ServeRAID Manager in Startable CD mode turn on the server then insert the IBM ServeRAID Support CD into the CD or DVD drive If ServeRAID Manager detects an unconfigured controller and ready drives the Configuration wizard starts In the Configuration wizard you can select express configuration or custom configuration Express configuration automatically configures the controller by grouping the first two physical drives in the ServeRAID Manager tree into an array and creating a RAID level 1 logical drive If you select custom configuration you can select the two physical drives that you want to group into an array and create a hot spare drive Using express configuration To use express configuration complete the following steps 1 In the ServeRAID Manager tree click the controller 2 Click Express configuration 3 Click Next 4 In the Configuration summary window review the information To change the configuration click Modify arrays or Modify logical drives Note Some operating systems have size limitation
283. tem is installed Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests Reseat the following components depending on the server model Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate Replace the following components one at a time depending on the server model in the order shown restarting the server each time Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive b Hard disk drive cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate Trained service technician only Replace the system board 2462 Video configuration error occurred Reseat the video adapter if one is installed Trained service technician only Replace the system board 164 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician
284. tention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1017 FBDIMM 667MHz models 11U 11G 11A 22 Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1018 FBDIMM 667MHz models 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1019 FBDIMM 667MHz models 23 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Bracket all 41Y9086 models 24 DIMM duct all models 39Y8499 25 Power supply cage all models 24R2738 26 Filler panel power supply all models 24R2735 Alcohol wipe all models 59P4739 Adapter NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet adapter all 39Y6081 models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet adapter all 39Y6090 models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 53 Table 7 Parts listing Types 4203 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number Adapter NetXtreme 1000 TxG Dual Port Ethernet adapter 39Y6095 all models Adapter NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter all 39Y6100 models Chassis all models 41Y9084 Battery 3 0 volt all models 33F8354 Cable DVD signal IDE all models 13N2466 diskette drive Interposer all models 39R9343 fan harness all models 39Y8341 Dual USB all models 26K7340 power supply interposer all models 39Y8356 Cable redundant re
285. ter complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information beginning on page Safety on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on age 78 Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the ServeRAID 8k adapter connector open and close the clips gently Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 115 3 Carefully open the retaining clip on each end of the ServeRAID 8k I adapter connector and remove the adapter from the server 4 If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the RAID 8k I adapter The IBM ServeRAID 8k I adapter must be installed in its dedicated connector on the system board See the following illustration for the location of the connector on the system board The ServeRAID 8k I adapter is not cabled to the system board and no rerouting of the SCSI cable is required To install the ServeRAID 8k I adapter complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information beginning on page Safety on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the side cover see Remov
286. the cables from the power supply to the system board and all internal components Attention Support the power supply while you remove the mounting screws After the screws are removed the power supply is loose and can damage other components in the server 5 Lift up the power supply cage handle and pull the power supply cage assembly all the way up until the retainer latch locks the cage in place on the chassis Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 133 6 While you support the power supply remove the three screws from the pivot bracket that secure the power supply to the chassis then lift the power supply off the chassis Save the screws to use when you install the replacement power supply Power supply retaining screws Power supply ag A SH assembly L 7 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 134 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Installing a non hot swap power supply cage assembly TD100 some models To install a non hot swap power supply complete the following steps 1 Align the screw holes in power supply cage pivot bracket with the corresponding screw holes on the rear of the chassis Power supply retaining screws Power supply en y le assembly 2 2 While you support the power supply ca
287. the corresponding mounting tabs on the chassis then slide the rear fan cage assembly to the right until it locks into the mounting tabs on the chassis 106 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Connect the rear fan fl cage assembly cable to the system board see 3 System board internal connectors on page 10 assembly connector EG SS at N a s D 4 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 79 5 Lock the side cover 6 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components for the location of the rear fan 107 Removing the front system fan cage assembly Attention Replace a failed fan within 48 hours To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To remove the front system fan cage assembly complete the following steps i Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 73 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Rotate the power
288. the power cords Check for interruption of the external power Replace the power cords Poe No For hot swap models replace the power supply backplane Chapter 5 Diagnostics 169 Checkout procedure The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server About the checkout procedure Before performing the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following information Read the safety information that begins on page vil The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the system board ethernet controller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devices If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If there are multiple error codes or LEDs that indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or ina microprocessor socket Sas Piliorosrocescor problems of page T information about diagnosing micropr
289. the socket J before you try to close the lever Kj Do not use excessive force when pressing the microprocessor into the socket 5 Close the microprocessor bracket frame then close the microprocessor release lever to lock the microprocessor securely in place 6 Install the heat sink a Make sure that the heat sink locking lever is in the fully open position Important Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and heat sink Do not contaminate the thermal material between them b Slide the flange of the heat sink into the opening beneath the retainer bracket Heat sink locking lever Microprocessor Heat sink noo c Close the heat sink locking lever and lock it securely in place Note If you are installing an additional microprocessor in microprocessor socket 2 you must also install a VRM 7 If installing a second microprocessor install a VRM in the VRM connector on the system board a Open the retaining clips on each end of the VRM connector 140 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 b Turn the VRM so that the keys align with the slot c Insert the VRM into the connector by aligning the edges of the VRM with the slots at the end of the VRM connector Firmly press the VRM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the VRM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the VRM is seated
290. tion 3 Reinstall and if necessary update the BIOS code on the server then run the test again see Updating the firmware on page 15 001 250 00x Test failed where 1 Check the diagnostic logs for messages that x of 0 ECC logic on system board indicate the cause of the error and take the x of 1 ECC logic on DIMM indicated action 2 From the diagnostic programs run Quick Memory Test All Banks then if an error is detected take the indicated action 3 From the diagnostic programs run the ECC test again then if an error is detected take the indicated action 4 Reseat the DIMM 5 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMM b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 191 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 001 292 000 Core system failed CMOS checksum failed Load the BIOS def
291. tional adapters You have replaced a failed fan within 48 hours You have replaced a hot swap drive within 10 minutes of removal You do not run the server without the air baffle installed Operating the server without the air baffle might cause the microprocessor to overheat The microprocessor socket always contains a microprocessor and heat sink For redundant and hot swappable operation the power supplies are connected to 200 240 V ac Working inside the server with the power on Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which could result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on The server supports hot plug hot add and hot swap devices and is designed to operate safely while it is turned on and the cover is removed Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on Avoid wearing loose fitting clothing on your forearms Button long sleeved shirts before working inside the server do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server Remove jewelry such as bracelets necklaces rings and loose fitting wrist watches Remove items from your shirt pocket such as pens and pencils that could fall into the s
292. tors and diskette drives is at least 76 mm 3 in If the problem remains replace the internal diskette drive Chapter 5 Diagnostics 173 General problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom A cover lock is broken an LED is not working or a similar problem has occurred Action If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a trained service technician Hard disk drive problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Paris listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which componenis are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Symptom Action Not all drives ar
293. troller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error 214 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures continuous or intermittent see Software problems on page 184 Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged BIOS code can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the clear CMOS switch to clear the CMOS memory see If you suspect that the BIOS code is damaged see Check the LEDs on all the power supplies If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are working correctly complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time Any external devices e Surge suppressor device on the server e Modem printer mouse and non Lenovo devices e Each adapter e Hard disk drives e Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is two 512 MB DIMM on the system board e Service processor The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor e Two 512 MB DIMM
294. u program The Boot Menu program is a built in menu driven configuration program that you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in the Configuration Setup Utility program To use the Boot Menu program complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Restart the server 3 Press F12 4 Select the startup device The next time the server is started it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Configuration Setup Utility program Enabling the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program The Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program is part of the BIOS You can use it to configure the network as a startable device and you can customize where the network startup option appears in the startup sequence Enable and disable the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program from the Configuration Setup Utility program To enable the Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt Press F1 for Configuration Setup appears during startup press F1 3 From the Configuration Setup Utility main menu select Devices and I O Ports and press Enter 4 Select Planar Ethernet and use the Right Arrow gt key to set it to Enabled 5 Select Save Settings and press Enter Configuring the Ethernet controller The Ethernet controller is integrated on the system board It provides an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 1
295. uad core processors in the same server Install all dual core processors or all quad core processors in the server To install the microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps Heatsink 2 Microprocessor 2 VRM A Microprocessor 2 4 Microprocessor release lever 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the microprocessor to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the microprocessor from the package 2 Remove the protective cover tape or label from the surface of the microprocessor socket if any is present 3 Rotate the release lever on the microprocessor socket to the fully open position Attention Make sure that the release lever on the microprocessor socket is in the fully open position before you insert the microprocessor in the socket Failure to do so might result in permanent damage to the microprocessor microprocessor socket and system board Microprocessor release lever fully open Microprocessor bracket frame Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 139 4 Carefully place the microprocessor into the microprocessor socket Note To maintain the correct orientation between the microprocessor and the microprocessor socket during installation observe the following information e The microprocessor has two notches that are keyed to two tabs on the sides of the socket e Make sure that the microprocessor is oriented with the notches and alignment marks H in
296. uccessful completion of and select Start Options then set POST Power On Status to Enable 2 Trained service technician only Reseat the operator information LED assembly 3 Trained service technician only Replace the operator information LED assembly 152 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual Error logs The POST error log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were generated during POST The BMC log and the system event log contain messages that were generated during POST and all system status messages from the service processor The following illustration shows an example of a BMC log entry BMC System Event Log Get Next Entry Get Previous Entry Clear BMC SEL Entry Number 00005 00011 Record ID 0005 Record Type 02 Timestamp 2005 01 25 16 15 17 Entry Details Generator ID 0020 Sensor Type 04 Assertion Event Fan Threshold Lower Non critical going high Sensor Number 40 Event Direction Type 01 Event Data 52 00 1A Ne D The BMC log is limited in size When the log is full new entries will not overwrite existing entries therefore you must periodically clear the BMC log through the Configuration Setup Utility program the menu choices are described in the User s Guide When you are troubleshooting an error be sure to clear the BMC log so that you can find current errors more easily Important After you complete a repair or cor
297. vailable to provide additional information that is not included in the server documentation O Lenovo 2008 Portions O IBM Corp 2008 1 These updates are available from the Lenovo Web site Complete the following steps to check for updated documentation and technical updates Note Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 2 Go to http www lenovo com support Enter your product number machine type and model number or select Servers from the Select your product list Select Servers from the Brand list From Family list select ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x and click Continue Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates Notices and statements in this document The caution and danger statements that appear in this document are also in the multilingual Safety Information document which is on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD Each statement is numbered for reference to the corresponding statement in the Safety Information document The following notices and statements are used in this document Note These notices provide important tips guidance or advice Important These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid inconvenient or problem situations Attention These notices indicate potential damage to programs devices or data An attention notice is placed just before the instruction or
298. ved covers and other parts in a safe place e If you must start the server while the cover is removed make sure that no one is near the server and that no other objects have been left inside the server Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you If you have to lift a heavy object observe the following precautions Make sure that you stand safely without slipping Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet Use a slow lifting force Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy object To avoid straining the muscles in your back lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles e Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical outlets for the server monitor and other devices e Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives e Have a small flat blade screwdriver available You do not have to turn off the server to install or replace hot swap power supplies hot swap fans hot plug adapters or hot plug Universal Serial Bus USB devices However you must turn off the server before performing any steps that involve removing or installing adapter cables Blue on a component indicates touch points where you can grip the component to remove it from or install it in the server open or close a latch and so on e Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that the component can be hot sw
299. ver and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 78 Disconnect any cables to the adapter or any cables that impede access to the adapter Open the rear adapter retention bracket retention clip and rotate the retention brackets to the open unlocked position If you are removing a full length adapter open the front adapter retention bracket also Remove the expansion slot screw at the rear of the adapter if screws were used Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners and pull the adapter from the server Attention Expansion slot covers must be installed in all empty slots This maintains the electronic emissions standards of the computer and ensures proper ventilation of computer components Retention clip Adapter Front adapter retention bracket 4 Rear adapter retention bracket If the adapter is not being replaced install an expansion slot cover in the expansion slot opening If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 81 Installing an adapter For information about the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you might consider when installing an
300. vice Press Esc two times to return to the Configuration Setup Utility menu Insert the Diagnostics CD into the CD or DVD drive Select Save amp Exit Setup and follow the prompts The diagnostics will load From the top of the screen select Hardware Info From the list select BMC Log 154 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual POST error codes The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 062 Three consecutive boot failures using the default configuration 1 Update the system firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 15 2 Trained service technician only Replace the system board 101 Tick timer internal interrupt failure 102 Internal timer channel 2 test failure Trained service technician only Replace the system board Trained service technician only Replace the
301. visor Adapter II SlimLine 166 060 000 System Management Failed Unable to Run the test again communicate with ASM It may be busy Update the firmware BIOS service processor and diagnostics see Updating the firmware on page 19 ge 15 Run the diagnostic test again Correct other error conditions including failed systems management tests and items that are logged in the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine system error log and retry Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine 166 070 000 System Management Failed Unable to Run the test again communicate with ASM It may be busy Update the firmware BIOS service processor and diagnostics see Updating the firmware on page 15 ge 15 Run the diagnostic test again Correct other error conditions including failed systems management tests and items that are logged in the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine system error log and retry Disconnect all server and option power cords from the server wait 30 seconds reconnect the power cords and retry Reseat the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Replace the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine Chapter 5 Diagnostics 195 Follow the suggested actions in the order in whic
302. wer LED Power control button CD eject or DVD eject button Hot swap hard disk drive status LED amber Hot swap hard disk drive activity LED green CD or DVD drive activity LED green Front information panel o NA Hard disk drive activity LED System error LED USB connectors ga o oG 4 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors on the front of the simple swap server models Ex BENN de O 3 7 0 Od Hol olo O o o9 o o 26 o O Oo ogo ogo ogo ogo 2009 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 0 0J 0 0 0 0100 O O O Q Q O O o O i i System power LED Power control button Hard disk drive activity LED System error LED Power on LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the server is turned on When this LED is off it indicates that ac power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed a ONA USB connectors CD eject or DVD eject button CD or DVD drive activity LED green Front information panel Note If this LED
303. wer cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S use Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed Lenovo power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region Table 9 Power cords Type 4203 Lenovo Power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5247 Taiwan models 39M5206 China models 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea models 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso
304. wing components e SAS cables e SAS hard disk drive e SAS backplane Replace the components listed in step 2 one ata time in the order shown restarting the server each time Trained service technician only Replace the system board Chapter 5 Diagnostics 159 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 on page 25 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Error code Description Action 178x Fixed disk error Note x is the drive that has the error 1 Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests on drive x see Running the diagnostic programs on page 189 Reseat the hard disk drive cables Replace the hard disk drive cables Run the hard disk drive diagnostics tests on drive X Reseat the following components depending on the server model e Hot swap and non hot swap models a Hard disk drive x b Hard disk drive x cable c Optional adapter cable d SAS SATA backplane e Simple swap models a Hard disk drive x b Hard disk drive x cable c Optional adapter cable d SATA backplate Replace the followin
305. y see Removing a CD or DVD drive on page 8 6 for more information It is not necessary to remove these drives Disconnect the control panel assembly cable from the system board noting the routing of the cable see System board internal connectors on page 10 for the location of the front panel connector Locate the control panel assembly release latch just above bay 1 122 ThinkServer TD100 and TD100x Hardware Maintenance Manual 10 Press up on the release latch of the control panel assembly H and pull the assembly toward the rear of the server After you pull the assembly out approximately half way start turning it downward and pull it out of the chassis 11 If you are instructed to return the control panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 4 Removing and replacing server components 123 Installing the control panel assembly To install the control panel assembly complete the following steps 1 10 11 12 Position the front end of the control panel assembly in the channel above drive bay 1 Slide the control panel assembly toward the front of the chassis until it clicks into place Reroute and connect the control panel assembly cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 10 for t
306. y it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any references in this publication to non Lenovo Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Lenovo product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the result obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurements may have been Lenovo 2008 Portions IBM Corp 2008 221 Trademarks estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States other countries or both Lenovo Lenovo logo The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both e IBM e PS 2 e ServeRAID e Wake on LAN Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States other countries or both Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or b
307. y supported drives that are available from Lenovo Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module Lenovo makes no representation or warranties regarding non Lenovo products and services including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties Lenovo makes no representations or warranties with respect to non Lenovo products Support if any for the non Lenovo products is provided by the third party not Lenovo Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE notices This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations Lenovo encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed Lenovo offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on Lenovo product recycling offerings can be found on Lenovo s Internet site at http www lenovo com lenovo environment Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnologia de la informacion TI que reciclen responsab
308. y video If this happens complete the following steps to recover 1 10 11 12 13 Read the safety information that begins on page vi and Handling static sensitive devices on page 75 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see FRemoving the side cover on page 73 Locate the boot block recovery switch 1 on the system board and remove any Sr that impede access to the switches see Removing an adapter on o o Cojo Oo es d fe Oo ig ia 1 Oo e 8 a HE To f Sw3 gt g oo 38 z sm gt SW4 Boot block Clear CMOS Toggle the boot block recovery switch to On Replace any adapters that you removed see 82 then install the side cover romer
309. z 12 MB L2 cache Processor models Chapter 3 Parts listing TD100 Types 6398 6399 6419 6429 4203 and 4206 57 Table 8 Parts listing Types 4206 continued CRU part CRU part number number Optional FRU Index Description Self service service part number 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5410 Quad Core 2 33 44R5645 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5420 Quad Core 2 50 44R5646 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5430 Quad Core 2 66 44R5647 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5440 Quad Core 2 83 44R5648 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor models 20 Microprocessor Intel Xeon X5450 Quad Core 3 00 44E5117 GHz 1333 MHz 12 MB L2 cache Processor 120 W models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 20 Microprocessor 3 2GHz 1066 models 41Y4223 21 Retention module microprocessor all models 39M6783 22 Memory 1GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1017 FBDIMM 667MHz models 22 Memory 2GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1018 FBDIMM 667MHz models 14U 14F 14S 14L 14D 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14K 14R 14E 14J 11G 12U 12F 12S 12L 12D 12Y 12G 12B 12H 12V 13G 22 Memory 4GB PC2 5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill 46U1019 FBDIMM 667MHz models
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Hewlett Packard Enterprise InfiniBand FDR/EN 10/40Gb Dual Port 544M Adapter Scarica foglio dati prodotto D01720280 VALFLOOR Funkgerät IC ASUS SD222-YA User's Manual Preface ザルトリウス水分計 User Manual - B&H Photo Video Digital Cameras, Photography Model: TH591 Remote Controlled Weatherproof Power Point Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file